You are on page 1of 132

HEALTH AND SAFETY STANDARD

HARVARD UNIVERSITY

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section 1 – Mission Statement........................................................................................................................................................................................... 1

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH & SAFETY REQUIREMENTS MANUAL – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010
Section 2 – General ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2
A. Purpose ............................................................................................................................................................................ 2
B. Scope ................................................................................................................................................................................ 2
C. Definitions ....................................................................................................................................................................... 3
D. University Construction Safety Goals .............................................................................................................................. 7
E. Submittals ........................................................................................................................................................................ 7
F. Deliverables...................................................................................................................................................................... 7
G. Contractor/Subcontractor Safety Assessment Program (CSAP) ..................................................................................... 8
Section 3 – Safety Management Systems....................................................................................................................................................................... 9
A. General Requirements ..................................................................................................................................................... 9
B. Accountability Plan.......................................................................................................................................................... 9
C. Annual Program Evaluation and Improvements Plan....................................................................................................10
D. Communication of Safety-Related Items........................................................................................................................10
E. Competent Persons .........................................................................................................................................................11
F. Employee Involvement Plan...........................................................................................................................................11
G. Project Hazard Analysis..................................................................................................................................................12
H. Reporting ........................................................................................................................................................................12
I. Roles and Responsibilities (minimum standard) ...........................................................................................................12
J. Safety Representation/Project Coverage........................................................................................................................14
Section 4 – Confined Spaces ............................................................................................................................................................................................15
A. Definitions ......................................................................................................................................................................15
B. General Requirements ....................................................................................................................................................15
C. Notifications ...................................................................................................................................................................15
D. Entry Requirements........................................................................................................................................................16
Section 5 – Control of Hazardous Energy (LO/TO)...............................................................................................................................................18
A. Definitions ......................................................................................................................................................................18
B. General Requirements ....................................................................................................................................................18
C. Lockout/Tagout Procedure (Minimum Requirement)..................................................................................................19
Section 6 – Demolition ......................................................................................................................................................................................................20
A. Definitions ..................................................................................................................................................................... 20
B. General Requirements ................................................................................................................................................... 20
C. Hazardous Materials Survey .......................................................................................................................................... 20
D. Engineering Survey Report/Demolition Plan for Structural Demolition.......................................................................21
E. Pre-Demolition Walkthrough and Inspection ................................................................................................................21
Section 7 – Electrical Safety .............................................................................................................................................................................................22
A. General Requirements ................................................................................................................................................... 22
B. Lighting and Illumination ............................................................................................................................................. 23
C. Temporary (Construction Use) Power........................................................................................................................... 23
D. Energized Electrical Work............................................................................................................................................. 24
Section 8 – Environmental and Occupational Health.............................................................................................................................................25
A. Definitions ..................................................................................................................................................................... 25
B. General Requirements ................................................................................................................................................... 26
C. Indoor Air Quality.......................................................................................................................................................... 26
D. Air Emissions................................................................................................................................................................. 27
E. Asbestos Identification and Abatement......................................................................................................................... 27
F. Dust Control................................................................................................................................................................... 28
G. Groundwater Management ............................................................................................................................................ 28
H. Hazardous Materials and Hazardous Waste Management........................................................................................... 29
I. Laboratory Decommissioning ....................................................................................................................................... 30
J. Lead Paint Abatement ....................................................................................................................................................31
K. Soils Management...........................................................................................................................................................31
L. Spill Prevention, Control, and Response ....................................................................................................................... 32
M. Storage Tanks (Above Ground and Underground) ....................................................................................................... 33
N. Storm Water Management ............................................................................................................................................. 34
O. Solid Waste Management .............................................................................................................................................. 35
P. Wastewater Management............................................................................................................................................... 36
Q. Water Use....................................................................................................................................................................... 37
Section 9 – Equipment Safety..........................................................................................................................................................................................38
A. Definitions ..................................................................................................................................................................... 38
B. General Requirements ................................................................................................................................................... 38
C. Aerial Lifts...................................................................................................................................................................... 39
D. Cranes and Hoisting Equipment................................................................................................................................... 39
E. Elevators and Personnel Hoists..................................................................................................................................... 42
F. Hand and Power Tools .................................................................................................................................................. 42
G. Heavy Equipment.......................................................................................................................................................... 43
H. Ladder Safety ................................................................................................................................................................. 43
I. Motor Vehicles and Jobsite Transportation Rules......................................................................................................... 44
J. Powder-Actuated Tools ................................................................................................................................................. 44
K. Rigging Equipment ....................................................................................................................................................... 45
L. Rotating and Non-Rotating Laser Use.......................................................................................................................... 45

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard


Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section 10 – Excavation and Trenching.......................................................................................................................................................................46

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH & SAFETY REQUIREMENTS MANUAL – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010
A. Definitions ..................................................................................................................................................................... 46
B. General Requirements ................................................................................................................................................... 46
C. Pre-Excavation Requirements ....................................................................................................................................... 46
D. Excavation Requirements.............................................................................................................................................. 47
Section 11 – Fall Prevention and Protection................................................................................................................................................................48
A. Definitions ..................................................................................................................................................................... 48
B. General Requirements ................................................................................................................................................... 48
C. Elevators and Hoistways ............................................................................................................................................... 49
D. Excavations.................................................................................................................................................................... 49
E. Falling Object Protection............................................................................................................................................... 50
F. Guardrail Construction .................................................................................................................................................. 50
G. Guardrail Removal Requirements ..................................................................................................................................51
H. Hoist Areas .....................................................................................................................................................................51
I. Horizontal Openings (Holes) .........................................................................................................................................51
J. Incidents Involving Falls ............................................................................................................................................... 52
K. Ladder Use..................................................................................................................................................................... 52
L. Ladder Openings ........................................................................................................................................................... 52
M. Lifeline Use .................................................................................................................................................................... 52
N. Rescue Provisions and Plan ........................................................................................................................................... 52
O. Roofing Activities........................................................................................................................................................... 53
P. Scaffolding ..................................................................................................................................................................... 53
Q. Stairways ........................................................................................................................................................................ 53
R. Steel Erection and Precast Concrete Erection............................................................................................................... 54
S. Wall Openings................................................................................................................................................................ 54
Section 12 – Fire Prevention and Protection ...............................................................................................................................................................55
A. Definitions ..................................................................................................................................................................... 55
B. General Requirements ................................................................................................................................................... 55
C. Accumulation and Disposal of Trash and Debris.......................................................................................................... 57
D. Compressed Gas Cylinders ............................................................................................................................................ 57
E. Coordination and Permitting with Local Fire Department ........................................................................................... 57
F. Fire Alarm and Sprinkler System Impairment ............................................................................................................... 58
G. Fire Protection Equipment ............................................................................................................................................ 58
H. Flammable and Combustible Liquids ........................................................................................................................... 59
I. Hot Work Operations .................................................................................................................................................... 60
J. Temporary Heating ....................................................................................................................................................... 60
K. Temporary Enclosures....................................................................................................................................................61
Section 13 – Hazard Communication ...........................................................................................................................................................................62
A. General Requirements ................................................................................................................................................... 62
Section 14 – Housekeeping ..............................................................................................................................................................................................63
A. Definitions ..................................................................................................................................................................... 63
B. General Requirements ................................................................................................................................................... 63
C. Floor Management......................................................................................................................................................... 64
D. Eating Locations and Food Debris................................................................................................................................ 64
Section 15 – Incident Management and Prevention.................................................................................................................................................65
A. General Requirements ................................................................................................................................................... 65
B. Emergency Management Plan ...................................................................................................................................... 66
C. Emergency Protocol and Notifications ......................................................................................................................... 67
D. Maintenance of Project Emergency Contacts ............................................................................................................... 68
E. Post-Incident Review Meeting (Seven Step) ................................................................................................................. 68
Section 16 – Inspections, Safety ......................................................................................................................................................................................69
A. General Requirements ................................................................................................................................................... 69
B. Design, Build, Own, Operate (dbo²) Requirements...................................................................................................... 69
C. OSHA Inspections ......................................................................................................................................................... 70
D. Owner Inspections......................................................................................................................................................... 70
Section 17 – Moisture Control and Mold Prevention ...............................................................................................................................................71
A. General Requirements ....................................................................................................................................................71
B. Moisture Control Plan.....................................................................................................................................................71
C. Moisture/Water/Mold Prevention .................................................................................................................................71
D. Moisture/Water/Mold Intrusion Response .................................................................................................................. 72
Section 18 – OSHA Partnerships ....................................................................................................................................................................................73
Section 19 – Personal Protective Equipment..............................................................................................................................................................74
A. General Requirements ................................................................................................................................................... 74
B. Clothing Requirements.................................................................................................................................................. 74
C. Eye and Face Protection................................................................................................................................................ 74
D. Foot Protection .............................................................................................................................................................. 75
E. Hand Protection Policy.................................................................................................................................................. 75
F. Head Protection............................................................................................................................................................. 75
G. Hearing Conservation.................................................................................................................................................... 75
H. Respiratory Protection ................................................................................................................................................... 76

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard


Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section 20 – Public Protection.........................................................................................................................................................................................77

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH & SAFETY REQUIREMENTS MANUAL – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010
A. General Requirements ................................................................................................................................................... 77
B. Traffic Control Plan ....................................................................................................................................................... 77
C. Public Protection Requirements.................................................................................................................................... 77
Section 21 – Safety Meetings............................................................................................................................................................................................79
A. Annual Program Evaluation and Improvements Plan Meeting .................................................................................... 79
B. High Hazard Planning Meeting .................................................................................................................................... 79
C. Monthly Management Safety Meeting .......................................................................................................................... 79
D. Monthly Mass (All Hands) Safety Meeting ................................................................................................................... 80
E. Monthly Safety Committee Meeting.............................................................................................................................. 80
F. Owner/Architect/Contractor (OAC) Meeting .............................................................................................................. 80
G. Pre-Construction Safety Meeting................................................................................................................................... 80
H. Weekly Coordination and Safety Meeting ......................................................................................................................81
Section 22 - Scaffolding .....................................................................................................................................................................................................82
A. Definitions ..................................................................................................................................................................... 82
B. General Requirements ................................................................................................................................................... 82
C. Inspection ...................................................................................................................................................................... 83
Section 23 – Signs, Signals, and Barricades ................................................................................................................................................................84
A. General Requirements ................................................................................................................................................... 84
Section 24 – Steel Erection ...............................................................................................................................................................................................85
A. General Requirements ................................................................................................................................................... 85
Section 25 – Substance Abuse Policy ............................................................................................................................................................................86
A. Definitions ..................................................................................................................................................................... 86
B. General Requirements ................................................................................................................................................... 86
C. Pre-Employment Screening (Job Applicants) ............................................................................................................... 87
D. Reasonable Suspicion/For Cause.................................................................................................................................. 87
E. Post Accident/Incident/Injury ..................................................................................................................................... 88
F. Disciplinary Action ........................................................................................................................................................ 88
G. Test Procedures ............................................................................................................................................................. 89
H. Alcohol Screening .......................................................................................................................................................... 89
I. Test Results ................................................................................................................................................................... 89
J. Split Specimen Test ....................................................................................................................................................... 89
K. Chain of Custody ........................................................................................................................................................... 90
L. Refusal ........................................................................................................................................................................... 90
M. Confidentiality Requirements........................................................................................................................................ 90
N. Statistical Reports .......................................................................................................................................................... 90
Section 26 – Training .........................................................................................................................................................................................................91
A. General Requirements ....................................................................................................................................................91
B. Orientation......................................................................................................................................................................91
C. Pre-Task Planning ......................................................................................................................................................... 92
Section 27 – Visitor Policy ................................................................................................................................................................................................93
A. General Requirements ................................................................................................................................................... 93

APPENDICES

APPENDIX A ...................................................................................................................................PROJECT SUBMITTAL LIST


APPENDIX B ............................................................................................................................. PROJECT DELIVERABLE LIST
APPENDIX C ............................................................................................. COMPETENT PERSON IDENTFICATION FORM
APPENDIX D................................................................................... EXAMPLE CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PERMIT FORM
APPENDIX E...........................................................................................EXAMPLE UTILITY DISRUPTION PERMIT FORM
APPENDIX F .................................................................................................PRE-DEMOLITION INSPECTION CHECKLIST
APPENDIX G................................................................................... EXAMPLE ENERGIZED ELECTRICAL WORK PERMIT
APPENDIX H ............................................................................................................ EXAMPLE CRANE/HOIST PLAN FORM
APPENDIX I ...........................................................................................................................EXAMPLE CRITICAL LIFT PLAN
APPENDIX J .......................................................................................................EXAMPLE GUARDRAIL REMOVAL PERMIT
APPENDIX K .................................................. EXAMPLE FIRE PREVENTION AND PROTECTION PLAN WORKSHEET
APPENDIX L ......................................................................................................... EXAMPLE PROJECT HOT WORK PERMIT
APPENDIX M ................................................................... EXAMPLE EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT PLAN WORKSHEET
APPENDIX N .......................................... EXAMPLE SUPERVISOR ACCIDENT/INCIDENT INVESTIGATION REPORT
APPENDIX O .................................................................................................... EXAMPLE POST INCIDENT REVIEW FORM
APPENDIX P ........................................................................................... NONCOMPLIANCE CORRECTIVE ACTION PLAN
APPENDIX Q ...................................................................................................... EXAMPLE SCAFFOLD INSPECTION FORM
APPENDIX R......................................................................................................... EXAMPLE PRE-TASK PLAN WORKSHEET
APPENDIX S...................................................................................................................................... EXAMPLE VISITOR FORM

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard


Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
Section 1 – Mission Statement

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


Harvard University is committed to the safety, health, and protection of our students, faculty, staff, the general
public, as well as our construction management and subcontractor partners and their respective workforces. It
is therefore expected that each person, of every tier and position, will commit to maintaining Harvard’s values,
goals, and objectives, as outlined within the body of this Standard. No single aspect of construction is of
greater importance than the health and well-being of our construction workforce, students, faculty, staff, and
the environment.

The mission of the University’s Environmental, Health and Safety Construction Services Group is the
prevention of injury, illness, environmental impact, and property damage during all construction activities that
are conducted at or on behalf of the University. This mission will be accomplished using a multi-dimensional
approach to the management of safety, including the following:

¾ Development of strong partnerships between Harvard University and the construction community
¾ Implementation of a comprehensive Environmental, Health and Safety Program for construction
¾ A defined accountability and responsibility program that fosters safety ownership during construction
¾ A structured self-evaluation program for the purpose of monitoring and continuous improvement
¾ Development and maintenance of a training and education program specific to construction activities
¾ A defined set of University-wide goals and objectives related to the safety and health of the workforces
¾ Injury prevention through an intense focus on activity pre-planning at every level of construction
¾ A contractor assessment process intended to increase the value of safety management systems
¾ Maintenance of strong, open communication lines where all interested parties add value to safety

The practices and programs listed above, in conjunction with a strong management commitment and
maintenance of positive relationships will prove to be an invaluable asset to the University, its partners, and its
neighbors. The University is in the unique position to make a positive impact within the local construction
market, and to become the national leader for university construction programs. Meeting this goal will require
steadfast dedication at every level of the construction projects at the campus, and begins with the commitment
by the management teams at Harvard University.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 1
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
Section 2 – General

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


A. Purpose

1. This Standard has been developed by Harvard University as part of a comprehensive


Environmental, Health, and Safety Program dedicated to the prevention of injuries, illnesses,
property damage, and environmental impact on construction projects conducted at or on behalf
of Harvard University. This Standard:
a. Establishes the minimum safety, health and environmental guidelines, expectations,
and responsibilities for construction projects.
b. Establishes and communicates the list of goals and objectives to be achieved on
construction projects.
c. Outlines the minimum expected components of the Safety Management System(s) to be
utilized on construction projects.
d. Is intended to be a reference guide and bid document to be utilized by general
contractors and subcontractors during all phases of construction projects.
e. Outlines the minimum responsibilities and duties of construction managers, general
contractors, and subcontractors conducting operations on construction projects at or
on behalf of the University.

B. Scope

1. This Standard applies to all new construction projects, renovations, alterations, and demolition,
regardless of value or volume, conducted on behalf of the University.
2. All Construction Managers, General Contractors, Subcontractors of every tier, and their
respective employees are required to comply with the requirements outlined in this Standard.
3. Where conflicts exist between this Standard and federal, state, or local requirements or between
this Standard and contractual language, the more stringent of the requirements shall apply.
4. All agreements and contracts between Construction Managers, General Contractors,
Subcontractors, vendors, and/or suppliers shall incorporate this Standard as part of the contract
or agreement.
5. The Construction Manager, General Contractor, and Subcontractors of every tier are
responsible for complying fully with all applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations,
and/or orders of any public authority (federal, state, local) as they relate to the safety of persons,
environment, public, or property. This document is not an attempt to reiterate applicable
environmental, health, and safety standards.
6. Throughout the duration of the project, the Construction Manager, General Contractor, and
Subcontractors of every tier shall be responsible for developing and administering their own
safety programs. Neither this document, nor the safety or environmental services provided by
individuals associated with this project, is intended to serve as a substitute for the control and
responsibility of the Construction Manager, General Contractor, and Subcontractors of
every tier to provide a safe work environment for their employees, students, faculty, staff, and the
public.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 2
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
C. Definitions

Best Practice Listed throughout this document are several text boxes listed as ‘Best Practice’.

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


The information contained in these boxes is intended to highlight ideas or
practices that have aided contractors on previous projects. This information is
not considered a contractual requirement, and may not apply to every project.

Code of The Code of Federal Regulations, as promulgated by the Occupational Safety


Federal and Health Administration (Title 29CFR), the Environmental Protection
Regulations Agency (Title 40CFR), or the Department of Transportation (Title 49CFR).
(CFR)

Competent One who is capable of identifying existing and predictable hazards in the
Person surroundings or working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous, or
dangerous to employees, the public, and the environment, and who has
authorization to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them.

Construction Any project involving construction, demolition, major renovation, or alteration.


Project or The term ‘construction’ is interchangeable with demolition, major renovation,
Project and alteration, except where otherwise noted.

Construction The organization contractually responsible for ensuring acceptable performance


Manager of construction-related work and for the payments and debts pertaining to this
work.

Contract The binding agreement, written or otherwise, between Harvard University and
the Construction Manager/General Contractor. Included in this term are all
associated documents and drawings referenced or included in the contract. The
term ‘contract’ may also apply to agreement entered between a prime-tier
contractor and lower-tier contractors/suppliers/vendors.

Contract Documents and drawings listed or included as part of the contract.


Documents

Contractor The entity to which this document applies. ‘Contractor’ includes entities of
every tier.

DART Days Away from work, Restriction of duty, or Transfer. This term is used by
OSHA and the Bureau of Labor and Statistics for tracking and reporting of
these types of injuries.

dbo² Design, Build, Own, Operate. The safety inspection system and database
utilized by the University for tracking compliance with established guidelines.

Employee Persons employed by the construction manager, general contractor,


subcontractor, vendor, supplier, or Harvard employee. This term means any
person on the Project, except where specifically denoted.

Employer Any entity employing workers at or in support of the construction project.

General The organization contractually responsible for ensuring acceptable performance


Contractor of construction-related work and for the payments and debts pertaining to this
work. This entity maintains the overall responsibility and authority for the
management of the safety program at the construction project. This term will
be interchangeable with ‘Construction Manager’, where contractual language
requires, but this shall in no way relieve the General Contractor of the
obligation(s) related to safety responsibility. On projects where no General
Contractor exists (e.g. where direct contracts are issued to one or more trade
contractors), each prime tier contractor is responsible for fulfilling the
obligations of the General Contractor, as outlined in the Standard.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 3
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
Health and The safety plan, owned by each individual contractor, which outlines the
Safety Plan requirements, policies, procedures, responsibilities, goals, and accountability

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


(HASP) structure specific to this contractor.

Insurance Any insurance company (OCIP or otherwise) that provides insurance coverage
Company for the construction project or contractor, regardless of tier. This term may
include, but is not limited to, insurers for worker’s compensation, general
liability, excess liability, professional liability, pollution liability, or builder’s risk.
This term is meant to indicate both insurance carriers and insurance brokers.

Insured As applicable to OCIP projects, the Owner, Construction Manager and/or


General Contractor, Subcontractors, and Sub-subcontractors named in the
Insurance Policies. The OCIP insurance will not apply to blasting or
demolition (wrecking) subcontractors (interior demolition is included in the
OCIP), asbestos or lead removal subcontractors, engineers and architects
(including their consultants), vendors, truck persons, delivery persons,
concrete/asphalt haulers, suppliers, material dealers, or others who merely
transport, pick up, deliver, or carry materials, personnel, parts, or equipment to
or from the jobsite, any Subcontractors whose on site payroll at the inception
of their work is estimated not to exceed $15,000, or whose contract value is less
than $25,000, and any Subcontractor who fails to submit the enrollment forms
prior to the date of loss. The Owner also reserves the right to exclude any
Construction Manager or Subcontractor from the OCIP as it deems
appropriate.

Jobsite The property owned by, leased by, or under the control of the Owner on which
construction activities with respect to the project are being conducted and/or
areas and ways contiguous thereto. Jobsite includes any work area set up by the
Owner for use by an authorized project contractor exclusively for storage of
material or equipment, or for on-site fabrication of material to be used in the
construction and all staging and project support areas. Jobsite does not include
any permanent locations of any insured party other than the Owner. This term
is interchangeable with ‘Project’ and ‘Site’.

OCIP Owner-Controlled Insurance Program, providing the insurance as described in


the Insurance Manual.

OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration, working under the authority of
the U.S. Department of Labor. OSHA is responsible for the enforcement of
the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, and charged with the
promulgation of standards under this Act.

Owner Harvard University; The President and Fellows of Harvard College.

Pre-Task Plan The written plan developed by the worker/foreman/contractor performing any
(PTP) operation. This plan describes the steps or tasks involved with the operation,
the hazards associated with each step, and the controls that will be utilized by
the workforce to eliminate or minimize the listed hazards.

Program Safety As applicable to OCIP projects, the individual appointed by the Owner to
Director oversee the coordination of safety efforts. The Program Safety Director and
his staff will be observing projects at various times of the week. The Program
Safety Director and his staff have the authority to stop work if an imminent
danger situation occurs, issue safety violation fines, request documentation of
safety orientations, and request documentation of employee safety training,
planning efforts, etc. The Construction Manager and Subcontractors are
expected to fully cooperate with the Program Safety Director and his staff.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 4
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
Project The property owned by, leased by, or under the control of the Owner on which
construction activities with respect to the project are being conducted and/or

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


areas and ways contiguous thereto. Project includes any work area set up by the
Owner for use by an authorized project contractor exclusively for storage of
material or equipment, or for on-site fabrication of material to be used in the
construction and all staging and project support areas. Project does not include
any permanent locations of any insured party other than the Owner. This term
is interchangeable with ‘Jobsite’ and ‘Site’.

Project Safety The individual assigned by the construction manager or general contractor who
Manager is responsible for the oversight and maintenance of the project safety program
and its attributes. The requirements for project safety coverage are listed in
Section 3.H, and must be accounted for during the bid process by each
contractor.

Project-Specific The safety plan, developed by or on behalf of the construction manager or


Health and general contractor, which outlines the requirements, policies, procedures,
Safety Plan responsibilities, goals, and accountability structure specific to this project. This
(HASP) Plan is incorporated as a contract document into each lower-tier subcontract
and agreement specific to the project.

Qualified One who, by possession of a recognized degree, certificate, or professional


Person standing, and who by existing knowledge, training, and/or experience, has
successfully demonstrated the ability to solve or resolve problems related to the
subject matter, the work, or the project.

Safety The individual assigned by the subcontractor who is responsible for the
Representative oversight and maintenance of the project safety program and its attributes.
This person may be an individual dedicated full-time to safety, dependant upon
project-specific or contractual requirements. This term also applies to
subordinates of the Project Safety Manager. The requirements for project
safety coverage are listed in Section 3.H, and must be accounted for
during the bid process by each contractor.

Servicing As applicable to OCIP projects (for workers’ compensation, commercial


Insurance general liability, and excess liability), The Graham Company.
Broker

Standard This Construction Environmental, Health, and Safety Requirements Standard.

Subcontractor Any person or organization of a lower-tier, having a direct contract with an


upper-tier contractor. The term subcontractor also applies to vendors and
suppliers performing work at the project.

Superintendent The person, typically employed by the General Contractor, responsible for the
general coordination of work and labor forces. This person may be a General
Superintendent overseeing other Superintendents, or an Area Superintendent
responsible for a defined operation or contractor.

TRC Total Recordable Cases. This term is used by OSHA and the Bureau of Labor
and Statistics for tracking and reporting of injuries and illnesses that meet the
defined criteria of a ‘recordable’ incident. Commonly referred to as ‘OSHA
Recordable’ rate.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 5
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
Harvard The Environmental, Health, and Safety Officer, part of the Construction
University Services Group, responsible for a defined set of services on behalf of the

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


Environmental, University. HUEH&S is also responsible for a core set of services to the
Health, and University proper, including EH&S policy establishment and qualification of
Safety contractor safety programs. NOTE: Where the project is an OCIP project, the
(HUEH&S) term HUEH&S shall be interchangeable with the OCIP Program Safety
Director. Roles and responsibilities between HUEH&S and the OCIP
Program Safety Director shall be established at the inception of the project or
the initiation of the OCIP Program.

Harvard The Project Manager(s) responsible for the oversight and coordination of the
University construction Project. This person may be a Harvard University employee or an
Project employee of a service corporation contracted to perform the duties of the
Manager Harvard University Project Manager.
(HUPM)

University Harvard University; The President and Fellows of Harvard College.

Visitor Any person who is not an employee of the Owner, construction manager,
general contractor, or subcontractor(s), working on the project. This term
includes salespersons, vendors, suppliers, architects, engineers, students, etc.

Work Includes all matters and activities conducted on the construction project
required for the progress or completion of the project.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 6
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
D. University Construction Safety Goals

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


The University’s Construction Projects Review Committee and Construction Management Council
have established a set of campus-wide goals and objectives for all construction projects conducted at
or on behalf of the University. Contractors of every tier are encouraged to establish an additional set
of goals and objectives that exceed the items listed below.

1. Each project will establish and clearly communicate to all project Employees the goal of zero
fatalities and debilitating injuries.
2. The overall project goal for DART injuries/illnesses will be twenty-five percent (25%) lower than
the most recent DART rate (as of project inception date), as published by the Bureau of Labor
and Statistics, for the North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) Code 23 –
Construction. This goal shall be clearly communicated to all project staff and Employees.
Project Management shall review the current DART rate as part of the Monthly Management
Safety Meeting.
3. The overall project goal for TRC injuries/illnesses will be twenty-five percent (25%) lower than
the most recent TRC rate (as of project inception date), as published by the Bureau of Labor and
Statistics, for the North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) Code 23 –
Construction. This goal shall be clearly communicated to all project staff and Employees.
Project Management shall review the current TRC rate as part of the Monthly Management
Safety Meeting.
4. Where applicable, the overall project goal for compliance, as measured by or recorded in dbo²,
shall be ninety percent (90%). Each main category within dbo² shall also maintain the same
compliance goal of 90%.

Any projects not meeting the above-listed goals for a period of greater than 30 days shall develop and
implement a ‘recovery plan’ with the purpose of meeting or exceeding the goal(s). This plan shall
comply with Section 3.C of this Standard. This plan shall include a description of methods, policy
amendments, procedures, responsibilities, and an implementation schedule for the actions required to
obtain the established goal(s). It is the responsibility of the General Contractor to oversee the
development and implementation of this plan, and to monitor the progress made towards achieving
the established goal(s). This plan shall be reviewed and updated/amended monthly by the project
management team until such time as the goals have been met or achieved.

E. Submittals

A list of items requiring submittal by the Contractor to the General Contractor and by the General
Contractor, to the Harvard University Project Manager (HUPM) or Harvard University
Environmental, Health, and Safety – Construction Services Group (HUEH&S), is provided. The
submittal list can be found in Appendix A – Project Submittal List.

F. Deliverables

A list of items requiring delivery or action by the General Contractor or his designee is provided.
NOTE: Not all items outlined in the deliverable list will apply to all projects. The HUPM and
HUEH&S, in consultation with the General Contractor, will determine the applicability of items in
question. The deliverable list is intended to highlight to the estimator or purchasing agent the items
that offer a potential cost impact to the project, outside of the costs typically associated with
construction/renovation/alteration/demolition projects. The deliverable list includes items that are
required specifically by Harvard University and that are not required as part of federal, state, or local
requirements (i.e. requirements that exceed minimum expectations). The deliverable list can be found
in Appendix B – Project Deliverable List.

Best Practice
Many contractors and project managers have found it useful to review Appendices A and B during the
project’s pre-construction or ‘project kick-off’ meeting. This allows the contractor’s project team and the
Harvard project team to compare the actual scope of work to the major components of this Standard in an
effort to communicate and discuss project-specific operations. The EH&S Construction Services Group is
available to assist with this process.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 7
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
G. Contractor/Subcontractor Safety Assessment Program (CSAP)

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


1. All Contractors, including General Contractors, service Contractors, and trade Contractors
working on Harvard University construction projects are required, either prior to submission of a
proposal/bid for a University project, or through general business practice, to provide Harvard
with their past safety performance and experience. Contractor’s safety programs will be
evaluated and rated according to pre-determined criteria and weighting factors. The resulting list
of Contractors, based on the trade category in which they reside (i.e. NAICS number), shall be
available to Harvard University Project and Facility Managers and Building Owners.
2. The intent of the assessment process is to assist the Harvard University Project and Facility
Managers and Building Owners in determining the Contractors that have performed safely in the
past. The published list of Contractors in no way represents or guarantees future performance,
nor is it intended to disqualify a Contractor from bidding work at Harvard University. The
assessment program places a strong emphasis on the safety, health, and well-being of the
workforce, our community, and the environment, all of which the University holds paramount as
a core value. This program will also aid HUEH&S in developing and fostering a relationship
with our Contractor partners, with the intent of improving performance by contracting partners.
3. Contractors shall access the assessment page via the internet at
www.uos.harvard.edu/ehs/construction or through www.constructseer.com. Contractors
are required to enroll in the safety assessment program prior to bidding work at Harvard
University, and shall update the assessment criteria annually thereafter. A processing fee is
required.
4. The assessment process addresses the following items:
a. Company Information
b. Insurance/Injury/Illness Experience (previous three years)
c. OSHA Citation Experience (previous three years)
d. Safety Management Systems
i. Goals
ii. Management Involvement
iii. Accountability Program
iv. Emergency Management Program
v. Incident Investigation and Communication Program
vi. Formal, Documented Training Program
vii. Orientation Program
viii. Performance Evaluation (Employee)
ix. Employee Involvement Program (Safety Committee)
x. Defined Recognition Program
xi. Safety Program Self Evaluation
xii. Safety Meetings
e. Safety Program Elements
5. Contractors will be required to upload requested information via the website. No assessment
package will be evaluated until all requested information is completed and received, and the
processing fee has been paid.
6. As part of the assessment process, each enrolled Contractor submits a written Safety and Health
Program. This safety program serves as a Harvard-specific safety program, and must comply
with federal, state and municipal regulations, as well as the requirements outlined in this Standard.
This safety program will be considered to apply to each project where the Contractor performs
work.

Best Practice
Many contractors have found the Contractor Safety Assessment Program to be a valuable means for
improving safety programs and focusing on improvement of safety performance. For contractors rated at
90% or greater, the ConstructSecure logo can be used for marketing purposes. As this process is
considered a third-party assessment of safety performance, many contractors have been able to obtain
discounts in worker’s compensation premiums from their brokers as a result of their profile results.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 8
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
Section 3 – Safety Management Systems
A. General Requirements

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


1. Each construction project at Harvard University shall utilize the Safety Management Systems
outlined below, at a minimum. This system is intended to provide the HUPM and General
Contractor with the basic guidelines for implementation of a construction-specific Safety
Management System including policy, processes, instruction, and documentation. This system
focuses heavily on project management at all tiers, employee participation, planning, plan
implementation, internal analysis and improvement, and management review. The goal of the
Safety Management System is a project where continual improvement, no matter the duration of
the construction project, is keyed to the success of the project.
2. Where the ANSI Z10-2005 – Occupational Health and Safety Management Systems standard is
adopted and implemented by the General Contractor, this Section of the Standard shall not
apply, with the exception of Sub-Section B – Accountability Plan.

B. Accountability Plan

1. The General Contractor shall implement an Accountability Plan for the project. The
Accountability Plan shall include disciplinary procedures to be utilized where compliance by a
Contractor or Employee is not met. The following program elements shall be applied, at a
minimum, for Employee or Subcontractor Non-Compliance:
a. The first offense shall require the General Contractor to issue a written warning to the
employer, noting the specific Employee and infraction.
b. The second offense shall require the General Contractor to host a meeting with the
non-compliant contractor. Attendees required at this meeting include the General
Contractor’s project manager, superintendent and safety manager, as well as the non-
compliant contractor’s management. The objective of the meeting is to identify the
root cause of the infraction and determine corrective actions to prevent recurrence.
c. The third offense shall require the General Contractor to escalate the disciplinary
actions. Escalation may include removal of the employee (either General Contractor
or Subcontractor) from the project permanently or issuance of a monetary fine to the
employer, for a sum of no less than $5,000 or other means equally effective in
preventing recurrence.
d. Where disciplinary action is taken against an employee, the employee’s Foreman or
supervisor shall also be held accountable. Where repeat offenses by employees under
the supervision of a single Foreman/supervisor occur, the disciplinary action for the
Foreman shall be escalated for each infraction, in compliance with this sub-section.
2. The owner (or OCIP Program Safety Director for OCIP projects) reserves the right to hold
accountable any General Contractor for non-compliance with federal, state, and local
regulations, and the requirements outlined in this Standard. The following actions may be taken:
a. Withholding of payment until such time as corrections have been made.
b. Correction of unsafe conditions by the owner or owner’s representative, with charges
for the corrective action levied against the General Contractor.
c. Dismissal of the General Contractor from the project, or dismissal of any General
Contractor staff or tradesman responsible for the infraction or non-performance.
d. Issuance of a monetary fine to the General Contractor, for a sum of no less than
$5,000. All fines shall be issued via a deduct change order.
e. Failure of a Contractor to return an injured employee to modified or restricted duty
after he/she has been released by the treating physician is cause to issue a monetary fine
in the amount of $1,500 per week.
f. Failure to complete the Supervisor’s Accident/Incident Form or failure to report a
known incident/injury within 24 hours to the insurance carrier is cause to issue a
monetary fine in the amount of $500, each occurrence.
3. Any of the actions listed above may be superseded by permanent removal or monetary fines for
infractions of policy/regulation related to life-threatening acts.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 9
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
C. Annual Program Evaluation and Improvements Plan

1. Each project greater than one (1) year in duration shall evaluate the state of the safety program at

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


a minimum of once annually. The General Contractor shall coordinate and chair a meeting with
project management (including the HUPM & HUEH&S) team to evaluate and review the
project’s performance from the date of inception. This meeting shall be repeated once per year
on or about the date of inception.
2. The General Contractor, in consultation with HUEH&S (and the Graham Company for OCIP
projects), shall compile the data and documents required to perform the evaluation. The
following criteria and performance shall be evaluated:
a. Comparison of project injury experience to the most current benchmark;
b. Review of incidents involving lost or restricted time, and public incidents;
c. Comparison of anticipated loss ratios versus actual loss ratios;
d. Compliance with the project safety inspection expectations (dbo²);
e. Review of the project compliance ratings, by category (dbo² Analysis);
f. Effectiveness of the Incident Review process (repeat injuries);
g. Effectiveness of the project’s training and orientation program;
h. Status and effectiveness of the Employee Participation Program;
i. Effectiveness of project-wide communications related to safety;
j. Review of management involvement and effectiveness.
3. The last action of the program evaluation meeting shall be to determine actions for the
improvement of the project safety program, where elements of the program are determined to be
sub-standard or ineffective. The meeting chair, along with the attendees, shall develop a list of
actions, responsibilities, and required implementation times. This list, along with the meeting
minutes, shall be published to each meeting attendee. The meeting minutes and action list shall
be distributed to each project Contractor for review with their project employees.
4. The General Contractor shall track the progress of the action list until all actions have been
completed and effected. Where action item requirements are not met, the HUPM and HUEH&S
reserve the right to meet with the General Contractor to determine the reason for the inaction,
and a recovery plan shall be developed by the General Contractor, in consultation with the
HUPM and HUEH&S.

D. Communication of Safety-Related Items

1. The Project Safety Manager shall be responsible for communication of safety-related items to
the entire project, including the HUPM and Contractors of every tier. Communications shall be
made under the following circumstances, at a minimum:
a. Where an incident occurs on the project, including injury (where medical treatment is
required, OSHA recordable, or more severe), property damage, or near miss;
b. Where trends or elevated frequencies in minor injuries are observed or noted (e.g.
minor lacerations, foreign objects in the eye, etc.);
c. Where trends in safety compliance are noted or observed (i.e. via dbo² compliance
reports or by visual observation);
d. Where established benchmarks, including incident rates or loss ratios are not met;
e. Any time a recovery plan for a certain operation or project is implemented;
f. Following the annual safety program evaluation and improvements meeting.
2. The communication shall be either delivered verbally to the project during the Monthly Mass
Safety Meeting (for minor items) or shall be in writing via a Safety Bulletin issued by the Project
Safety Manager. Where issued via Safety Bulletin, it shall be distributed to all project
Contractors to be used as a Tool Box Talk by each Contractor.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 10
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
E. Competent Persons

1. A Competent Person, as defined by OSHA29CFR Part 1926.32(f) and Section 2.C of this

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


Standard, is required where Contractors are performing any of the activities listed below. The
Competent Person is responsible for inspection of the operations for which he/she is listed as
the Competent Person, as well as identification and correction of hazards.
2. Each Contractor, of every tier, is required to identify in writing the name of the Competent
Person assigned to the project, specifically for the following areas:
a. Aerial Lifts; Asbestos; Bolting/Riveting/Fitting; Concrete/Forms/Shoring; Confined
Space Entry; Cranes/Derricks; Demolition; Electrical/LO/TO; Excavation/Trenching;
Fall Protection; First Aid/CPR; Forklift Trucks; Hazardous Materials/Waste Handling;
Hearing Conservation; Ladders; Lead; Material Handling; Rigging; Scaffolding;
Welding/Cutting.
3. Prior to commencement of project activities, each Subcontractor must complete the
Competent Person Identification Form (Appendix C), and submit this form to the General
Contractor for the project files. Re-submission of the Competent Person Identification Form
is required any time the Competent Person or alternate changes.
4. For each Contractor, regardless of tier, the Competent Person Identification Form shall be
used to deliver a Tool Box Talk to the project workforce, describing the roles and responsibilities
of the Competent Person(s), as well as identification of the Competent Person(s) specific to
that project. This Tool Box Talk shall be re-delivered as necessary when changes to the project
workforce are made.

F. Employee Involvement Plan

1. The General Contractor shall ensure the active participation of project management and staff,
subcontractor management, staff, and labor forces, and labor force representatives.
2. For projects greater than $25,000,000 in value, the General Contractor’s Project Manager and
Project Safety Manager shall establish a Project Safety Committee. The Safety Committee shall
consist of representation by the following, at a minimum:
a. The general contractor Project Manager;
b. The general contractor Project Safety Manager;
c. Trade stewards (one per each trade);
d. Tradesmen (at least one per each contractor on the project). The tradesman shall either
be selected voluntarily by the employer, or where volunteers are not provided, shall be
selected by the employer;
e. Contractor Safety Representatives, where required by this Standard.
3. The Safety Committee shall meet no less than once per month. The Safety Committee meeting
shall be coordinated and chaired by the Project Safety Manager, and the meeting shall be
documented. The meeting shall consist of the following, at a minimum:
a. Review of incidents and accidents from the previous month, including corrective
actions and responsibilities;
b. Review of upcoming project operations and activities;
c. Review of the current project safety performance (incident rates, dbo², etc.);
d. Communication of Safety Bulletins from the previous month;
e. Participation by the attendees where project hazards observed by the attendee are
discussed and reviewed;
f. Participation by the attendees regarding feedback from the tradesmen;
g. A project walkthrough focused on identification of best practices and non-compliant
conditions and practices.
4. The minutes from the Safety Committee meeting shall be distributed to the each attendee, each
project Contractor, and the HUPM.
5. The general contractor Project Manager or Project Safety Manager may elect to establish
other employee participation programs in addition to the Safety Committee. These may include
anonymous employee suggestion boxes, recognition programs, etc.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 11
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
G. Project Hazard Analysis

1. The General Contractor is required to develop a Project Hazard Analysis (PHA) prior to

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


commencement of work. The PHA shall identify the following: major hazards anticipated as
they relate to the scope of work (these shall be broken down by either project phase or by
contractor), methods the General Contractor will employ to manage/mitigate/abate/reduce the
hazards, and the responsibility for each of the management/mitigation/abatement/reduction
techniques.
2. The PHA shall be submitted to the HUPM upon completion.

H. Reporting

1. The General Contractor shall compile and/or prepare all reports associated with incidents or
injuries occurring on or related to the project. The preparation of reports may be the
responsibility of another employer or Contractor, but shall be overseen and distributed by the
General Contractor.
2. Incident/injury reports include the following:
a. Commonwealth of Massachusetts Department of Industrial Accidents – MA101
Employer’s First Report of Injury;
b. OCIP (or other insurance company) Claims Reports (Worker’s Compensation, General
Liability, Auto Liability, Builder’s Risk, Property, etc.)
c. Supervisor’s Incident/Accident Investigation Report (Appendix N) may be used to
satisfy this documentation requirement);
3. All incident/accident/injury reports shall be sent to the required insurance company, per their
policy guidelines, with copies of the reports distributed to the HUPM or his designee for the
project files.
4. Each Contractor shall submit a Monthly Safety Report, specific to the project, through a
Harvard-sponsored, web-based program (CSAP). This Monthly Safety Reporting program can
be accessed through www.uos.harvard.edu/ehs/construction.
5. The Monthly Safety Report contains the following information:
a. Summary of accidents/incidents from the previous month;
b. The number of man-hours worked during the previous month;
c. Summary of accountability actions (safety violations, dismissals, and fines issued);
d. Project events and inspections.
6. The Monthly Safety Report shall be issued no later than the first (1st) Friday of the month, for the
previous month’s activities.

I. Roles and Responsibilities (minimum standard)

1. General Contractor Project Executive/Manager/General Superintendent:


a. Has the overall responsibility and authority for management of the safety program;
b. Responsible for coordination of Contractor and Subcontractor operations and
activities so as to minimize or eliminate hazards associated with multiple
Contractor/trade work;
c. Responsible for supporting the Project Safety Manager in his or her efforts to
administer the project safety program;
d. Shall conduct one (1) formal, documented safety inspection of the project per month
via the required inspection method;
2. General Contractor Area Superintendent (charged with the control and coordination of a
specific project area(s) or subcontractor(s)):
a. Has the overall responsibility and authority for management of the safety program for
assigned Contractors;
b. Shall enforce compliance with Project HASP, OSHA Standards, this Standard, and all
other federal, state, and local regulations;
c. Shall assist Subcontractors in pre-planning their operations to prevent personal injury
and property damage. Pre-Task Plans for new or modified operations are to be
reviewed prior to the operation’s commencement;
d. Shall conduct one (1) formal, documented safety inspection of the project per week via
the required inspection method;

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 12
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
3. General Contractor Project Safety Manager:
a. Shall enforce compliance with Project HASP, OSHA Standards, this Standard, and all
other federal, state, and local regulations;

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


b. Shall assist the Superintendent and/or Project Manager and/or Purchasing Agent
in compiling and reviewing bid documents PRIOR to their release to contractors for
bidding.
c. Shall implement a Safety and Health Orientation process for all employees assigned to
the Project.
d. Shall assist Subcontractors in pre-planning their operations to prevent personal injury
and property damage. Pre-Task Plans for new or modified operations are to be
reviewed prior to the operation’s commencement;
e. Shall issue Safety Bulletins in compliance with Section 3.D of this Standard;
f. Shall receive all safety-related correspondence and copies of all incident reports.
g. Shall assist in the investigation of accidents, incidents and near misses in conjunction
with the subcontractor Foreman, Safety Representative, union steward, and Area
Superintendent;
h. For projects greater than $25,000,000 in value, shall conduct one (1) formal,
documented safety inspection of the project per day via the required inspection method;
for projects less than $25,000,000 in value, shall conduct one (1) formal, documented
safety inspection of the project per week via the required inspection method;
i. Shall attend/participate in each pre-construction safety meeting for Subcontractors of
every tier.
4. Subcontractor Project Manager/Superintendent/Foreman/Safety Representative:
a. Shares the overall responsibility and authority for management of the safety program
for assigned employees;
b. Shall enforce compliance with Project HASP, OSHA Standards, this Standard, and all
other federal, state, and local regulations;
c. Shall pre-plan operations to prevent personal injury and property damage. Pre-Task
Plans for new or modified operations are to be prepared, reviewed, and submitted to
the general contractor Area Superintendent prior to the operation’s commencement
for review;
d. Shall ensure that Employees under his/her command have the adequate training and
knowledge to complete the task at hand;
e. Shall investigate all accidents, incidents and near misses in conjunction with the general
contractor Area Superintendent and Project Safety Manager, subcontractor Safety
Representative, and union steward;
f. Shall ensure each employee’s attendance at the project Safety Orientation.
5. Project employees
a. Shall attend the Project Safety Orientation and complete the form prior to beginning
work on the project;
b. Shall perform their work in a safe manner for prevention of accidents to themselves,
fellow Employees, the general public, and property of all concerned;
c. Shall attend and participate in weekly tool box talks;
d. Shall alert and notify their Foreman of hazards and unsafe acts;
e. Shall comply with the Project HASP, OSHA Standards, this Standard, and all other
federal, state, and local regulations.

All project employees, regardless of position or title, have the obligation and authority to halt life-
threatening situations. Where an actual or perceived life-threatening situation is observed, the
observer shall immediately halt the operation or situation, and shall notify the appropriate project
personnel including the Project Manager, Project Safety Manager, Superintendent, and/or
Foreman.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 13
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
J. Safety Representation/Project Coverage

1. Any project valued at greater than $25,000,000 will be required to provide a full-time, dedicated

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


Project Safety Manager. This person may not hold other duties. The Project Safety Manager
shall have a minimum of seven (7) years experience in construction safety, shall possess the
OSHA 30-Hour Construction Safety Outreach Training, and shall hold a current certification in
First Aid and CPR. The General Contractor shall submit the resume of the Project Safety
Manager, for review, to the HUPM and HUEH&S (and Program Safety Director if OCIP) prior
to commencement of construction operations. The resume shall include at least three (3)
references from an owner or developer.
2. Any project valued at less than $25,000,000 where high-hazard activities, as defined within this
Standard, requires that a safety professional participate in the planning for the operation(s), and
conduct an documented inspection of the operation at least daily. The minimum qualifications
for the safety professional shall be those outlined in J.1 above.
3. Any project valued at less than $25,000,000 will be required to designate a Project Safety
Manager. This person shall, at a minimum, fulfill the requirements listed in Section 3.I.3
4. The Owner reserves the right to require the General Contractor to provide additional Safety
Representatives dependant upon the size and scope of the project.
5. Each Contractor shall designate at least one person to serve as Safety Representative. This
person shall, at a minimum, fulfill the requirements listed in Section 3.I.4.
6. The Project Safety Manager and Safety Representative shall be on site on a full-time daily
basis from the time of mobilization onto the project, through the completion of the final
punchlist. Coverage shall be provided during all project activities, including after-hours work and
weekends.
7. Any potential relief from the requirements outlined in this sub-section shall be made on a case-
by-case basis through consultation with the HUPM and the Harvard University EH&S
Construction Services Group Manger. The request for relief from the General Contractor or
Contractor shall be in writing, and shall document the reason(s) that relief is being sought.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 14
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
Section 4 – Confined Spaces
A. Definitions

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


1. Confined Space. As defined by OSHA29CFR Part 1910.146(b), is any space that meets all three
of the following criteria:
a. It is large enough and so configured that an Employee can bodily enter and perform
assigned work;
b. It has limited or restricted means for entry or exit; and
c. It is not designed for continuous Employee occupancy.
2. Permit-Required Confined Space. As defined by OSHA29CFR Part 1910.146(b), is any space
that meets any one of the following criteria:
a. It contains or has a potential to contain a hazardous atmosphere;
b. It contains a material that has the potential for engulfing an entrant;
c. It has an internal configuration such that an entrant could be trapped or asphyxiated by
inwardly converging walls or by a floor which slopes downward and tapers to a smaller
cross-section; or
d. It contains any other recognized serious safety or health hazard.
3. Entry. Breaking the plane of the confined space entry point, with any part of the body.

B. General Requirements

1. All confined spaces, whether new installations or existing, shall be considered permit-required, as
defined by this Standard.
2. Contractors performing confined space entries shall comply with the requirements outlined in
this Section, at a minimum, but may opt to comply with OSHA29CFR Part 1910.146(d) through
(k) as an alternate means for compliance with this Section.
3. Each Contractor requiring employees to enter a confined space is required to have a written
confined space entry program as part of their company’s safety program. This confined space
entry program must meet or exceed the guidelines listed in this Standard.
4. All confined spaces are to be labeled as such by the General Contractor (or his designee). The
label shall consist of a ‘Danger’ sign, notifying project employees of the presence of the confined
space and the requirement for permitted entry.

C. Notifications

1. Entry into existing confined spaces (i.e. owned/operated by Harvard University) requires
notification to Harvard University Facility Manager or his designee through the HUPM or his
designee. It is expected that coordination between the Facility Manager and Contractor will take
place prior to entry. This coordination must include a review of the hazards associated with the
space, the contents of the space, the location of critical systems located in the confined space, as
well as a review of the operations to take place inside the confined space by the Contractor
performing the work.
2. Any potential impacts to existing (i.e. Harvard-owned/operated) systems shall be cause for the
Facility Manager and/or the General Contractor to notify the appropriate Harvard group (e.g.
Engineering & Utilities; Operations Center, etc.).
3. The Project Safety Manager shall be notified prior to any confined space entry.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 15
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
D. Entry Requirements

1. The employer’s Competent Person shall ensure that all Employees involved in the confined

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


space entry possess the knowledge and skill required to perform the duties for which they are
assigned. In addition, a PTP shall be completed prior to the entry. At a minimum, the PTP and
Confined Space Permit shall be used to conduct a pre-entry training and briefing for all crew
members entering, attending, and or supervising the confined space entry.
2. The Confined Space Permit shall include the following information (Refer to Appendix D –
Confined Space Permit Form):
a. Date;
b. Identification (name) of the Competent Person, entrant(s), attendant(s), and
supervisor;
c. Location of the confined space and the reason for entry;
d. Verification that the opening/entry point has been barricaded;
e. Verification and description of lockout/tagout for all potential energy sources located
within the confined space;
f. Identification of required safety equipment (tripod/winch, ladders, etc.) and personal
protective equipment to be utilized by the attendants/entrants;
g. Identification of the atmospheric testing for percent Oxygen (%O2), Lower Explosive
Limit (LEL), Carbon Monoxide (CO) and other contaminants, including pre-entry and
periodic testing;
h. Identification of the physical, environmental and health hazards associated with the
confined space;
i. The communication method(s) to be utilized between the attendant and the entrant(s),
and between the attendant and emergency services;
j. A description of ventilation requirements and methods used;
k. Identification of rescue provisions, including phone numbers;
l. Pre-entry notification requirements (Harvard Operations Center, local Fire Department,
etc.)
m. Identification of the cancellation time and post-entry notifications.
3. Air monitoring shall be conducted prior to initial entry. All air monitoring equipment must be
calibrated within the specifications of the manufacturer, and must be current. Air monitoring
shall be conducted for oxygen (first), lower explosive limit; carbon monoxide, and any other
potential contaminant that may be encountered in the confined space. The following limits
apply:
a. Oxygen (O2): Between 20.5% - 23.5%.
b. Lower Explosive Limit (LEL): Less than 2% (based on Methane as reference gas)
c. Carbon Monoxide (CO): 17 ppm (½ the OSHA PEL)
d. Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S): 5 ppm (½ the OSHA PEL)
e. Other Contaminants: ½ the OSHA PEL or NIOSH REL.
4. The pre-entry air monitoring assessment must be conducted without entering the confined space
(i.e. the meter must be capable of pumping air across the sensors). Air monitoring shall be
conducted at the top (or entry point) of the confined space first, and then at the bottom and
middle of the space to ensure that potential contaminants with varying vapor densities are
assessed. If contaminant levels exceeding the criteria listed above are encountered, the confined
space entry plan (PTP) and permit must be re-assessed. The source of the contamination must
be identified and controlled, and the space must be ventilated. NOTE: Engineering controls are
considered to be the primary choice for protection of Employees in confined spaces.
Respiratory protection should be considered a secondary control, and should only be considered
where engineering controls (e.g. ventilation) are found to be ineffective.
5. Periodic air monitoring of the space is required. For spaces with no known air quality concerns,
the space shall be re-assessed following all breaks and changes in entry personnel, at a minimum.
Continuous monitoring is required in spaces where known contaminants are anticipated or
present.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 16
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
6. The confined space entrant must:
a. Be adequately trained in confined space entry requirements;
b. Understand the potential hazards and hazard controls associated with the confined

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


space, including physical and chemical hazards;
c. Understand his/her role as entrant, as well as his/her assigned tasks;
d. Ensure that the safety provisions outlined in the PTP and Confined Space Permit are
adhered to by all employees;
e. Maintain communication with the attendant at all times;
f. Evacuate the space immediately upon notification by the attendant;
g. Notify the attendant and exit the space immediately whenever a symptom/warning sign
of exposure is recognized, an unexpected hazard arises, or an alarm is sounded.
7. The confined space attendant must:
a. Be adequately trained in confined space entry requirements;
b. Understand the potential hazards and hazard controls associated with the confined
space, including physical and chemical hazards;
c. Understand his/her role as attendant, as well as his/her assigned tasks;
d. Conduct periodic/continuous air monitoring of the space as required by the permit;
e. Ensure that the safety provisions outlined in the PTP and Confined Space Permit are
adhered to by all parties;
f. Remain outside the confined space at all times and maintain communication with the
entrants at all times;
g. Order the evacuation of the confined space whenever a symptom/warning sign of
exposure is recognized, an unexpected hazard arises, or an alarm is sounded.
h. Summon the rescue team/emergency services when events warrant, including
notification to University Operations Center.
8. The confined space supervisor must:
a. Be adequately trained in confined space entry requirements;
b. Understand the potential hazards and hazard controls associated with the confined
space, including physical and chemical hazards;
c. Train all Employees involved with the confined space entry in accordance with Section
D.1 above;
d. Verify that all entrants and attendants understand their roles and responsibilities;
e. Verify that air monitoring has been satisfactorily completed;
f. Verify that communication methods, between both entrant/attendant and
attendant/emergency services are functioning;
g. Verify that rescue personnel are available and trained;
h. Monitor the entry to ensure that the established procedures are adhered to.
9. Energy sources that pose potential risk to entrants shall be isolated, locked and tagged out in
compliance with Section 5 – Control of Hazardous Energy (LO/TO). A description of the
potential energy sources and the controls used to isolate the energy shall be listed in the PTP.
Potential energy sources include electrical, pneumatic, hydraulic, steam, water, gas systems, etc.
10. Provisions for the rescue of entrants shall be made prior to entry. Non-entry rescue is the
preferred means for retrieval (i.e. tripod/winch, etc.). Where non-entry rescue is not possible
(due to the space configuration, opening size, number of entrants, etc.), provisions for rescue
must be coordinated prior to entry. These provisions may include coordination with the local
Fire Department if this service is expressly agreed to by both parties. Where the local Fire
Department is not available for rescue, the Contractor is responsible for providing entry-rescue
provision. Where Contractors provide ‘in-house’ rescue services, these services shall comply
with the criteria listed in 29CFR Part 1910.146 – Appendix F.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 17
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
Section 5 – Control of Hazardous Energy (LO/TO)
A. Definitions

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


1. Affected Employee. Any employee whose assigned job or task requires him/her to operate or
use a machine/equipment/system on which servicing, testing, or maintenance is being performed
under lockout/tagout, or one who is working in the area where such servicing, testing, or
maintenance is being performed.
2. Authorized Employee. The person or persons who locks/tags out machines, equipment, circuits,
or systems in order to allow servicing or maintenance on that system, and one who has been
trained in accordance with this Section. The authorized employee is typically the controlling
supervisor or Foreman responsible for overseeing any operation where the potential release of
hazardous energy may occur.
3. Hazardous Energy. Energy, in any form, that when released in an uncontrolled or unexpected
manner has the potential to cause injury or property damage. Hazardous energy forms include
electrical, fluid systems (water, coolant, process chemicals, etc.), pneumatic, gaseous, thermal, and
gravity (e.g. raised loader bucket).
4. Isolating Device. Any device that physically blocks or stops the flow of hazardous energy.
Isolating devices include breakers, valves, piping blanks/blinders, key switches, lever arms, etc.
5. Lockout Device. Any device that, when installed over an isolating device or as an integral
block/blank in a piping system, positively restricts the isolating device from being energized or
activated.
6. Zero Energy. The state of a machine, equipment, circuit, or system where lockout/tagout has
been performed and where there is no possibility of hazardous energy release.

B. General Requirements

1. Each Contractor requiring employees to perform LO/TO is required to have a control of


hazardous energy safety program, specific to that Contractor’s operations, which meets or
exceeds the guidelines listed in this Standard. This program shall be part of the Contractor’s
HASP.
2. The employer’s Competent Person shall ensure that all Employees involved in the operation
requiring lockout/tagout possess the knowledge and skill required to perform the duties for
which they are assigned. In addition, a PTP shall be completed prior to the operation.
3. At a minimum, all employees shall be trained in accordance with the requirements of this Section
and the applicable PTP prior to commencement of the operation. The training shall include
recognition of potential energy release sources, avoidance of energy release hazards, recognition
of unsafe conditions that could potentially lead to the release of energy, types of lockout/tagout
methods used for the operation, roles and responsibilities for affected and authorized employees,
correct procedures for locking and tagging energized equipment/systems, and correct procedures
for re-energizing systems and notifications.
4. Locks used to lock out energized machines/equipment/systems shall be keyed differently, and
only one key shall exist for each lock. The key used to lock out equipment shall remain in the
possession or under the control (i.e. in a key lock box) of the authorized employee until the
system is re-energized.
5. Tags used to identify locked machines/equipment/systems shall be ‘Danger’-type tags, and shall
include the date, the name and phone number of the authorized employee, and the reason for the
lock out.
6. Service on corded tools and equipment will be deemed to be in compliance if the cord is
unplugged and is in the possession of the person conducting the servicing.
7. Where work on energized systems is required and necessary, the requirements outlined in Section
7.D shall be adhered to. NOTE: It is assumed that it is feasible and practical to isolate, lock, and
tag all hazardous energy sources, except those instances where continuity of service is essential to
life and health.
8. Where isolation or lockout/tagout of the owner’s equipment or systems is required, prior
approval shall be obtained. Appendix E – Utility Disruption Permit shall be used.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 18
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
C. Lockout/Tagout Procedure (Minimum Requirement)

1. Achieve Zero Energy:

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


a. Identify and locate all sources of energy that could affect individuals involved.
b. The authorized employee shall notify all affected personnel that the equipment is going
to be de-energized and accessed.
c. Isolate and disconnect the main source(s) of power by breaking the primary power
circuit/valve/pipe, etc. NOTE: For electrical disconnects, ensure that all loads are
shed from the circuit prior to de-energization.
d. Isolate and disconnect each separate power source of multiple power systems (e.g.
pneumatic over hydraulic, electric over fluid, etc.)
e. Release all residual energy remaining behind the power source (e.g. pneumatic, fluid,
hydraulic, electrical capacitor, batteries, springs, etc.)
f. The authorized employee (controlling supervisor) shall secure all power sources in the
de-energized position with the proper lockout device (e.g. lock, circuit breaker hasp and
lock, valve hasp and lock, etc.). Multiple locks will be required when more than
one trade or group must work on the same de-energized system. NOTE: All
affected employees have the right to place his/her own lock on any de-energized system
that he/she is required to work on.
g. Each person who is protected by the lockout, or the authorized person, shall place a
lock and tag on the source location.
h. The person performing the lockout shall remain in possession of the sole key for that
lock, and shall only work on the de-energized/protected equipment. The lock can
only be removed by the individual that performed the lockout, and only at the
completion of the work (as noted below).
i. Test the equipment, prior to working on it, to ensure that all sources of energy have
been isolated. This can be accomplished by attempting to energize the unit/system
downstream of the isolating lock (i.e. at the unit), by electrically testing any circuits
downstream, attempting to produce gas/water/steam flow in a line downstream of the
isolating lock, etc. No systems should be worked upon until positive recognition of a
‘zero energy state’ is attained.
2. Re-Energization of the System
a. Once the task has been completed, the authorized employee shall ensure that all tools
have been picked up/removed, all safety chains, guards, guardrails, warning signs, etc.,
have been re-installed, and all repairs have been made appropriately.
b. The authorized employee shall notify all affected persons that the lockout/tagout device
is going to be removed.
c. The authorized employee shall remove the lock and tag only after the above items 2.a
and 2.b have been completed.
d. Restart the equipment and inspect for proper function.
3. Temporary Operation of a Locked Out Source
a. The authorized employee shall inspect the work area to ensure that all personnel, tools,
etc. are clear of the system.
b. The authorized employee shall notify all affected employees of the forthcoming system
temporary energization (‘system bump’).
c. The authorized employee shall remove the lock from the system.
d. The authorized employee shall energize the system and conduct the ‘bump’ or system
check.
e. The authorized employee shall immediately de-energize the system and replace the
locks/tags.
f. Inform all affected employees of the de-energization.

Best Practice
Many general contractors, in an effort to plan effectively, have chosen to identify all (or as many as
possible) potential sources of hazardous energy that the project employees will encounter. This allows the
general contractor to inform the subcontractors of specific hazards that will need to be considered and
addressed during the course of work.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 19
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
Section 6 – Demolition
A. Definitions

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


1. Demolition. Any activity that involves the removal of structural members, architectural finishes,
or mechanical/electrical/plumbing systems for the purpose of permanent removal or preparation
for future construction/renovation activities.

B. General Requirements

1. Demolition activities shall comply with the requirements of 29CFR Part 1926.850 through
1926.860, at a minimum.
2. The employer’s Competent Person shall ensure that all Employees involved in the demolition
operation possess the knowledge and skill required to perform the duties for which they are
assigned. In addition, a PTP shall be completed prior to the demolition operation. The PTP
shall be reviewed with the work crews daily prior to the start of work, and where conditions
change.
3. Smoking is prohibited throughout demolition areas.
4. Storage of flammable/combustible liquids and gases is prohibited in demolition areas.
5. Accumulation of combustible materials and demolition debris is prohibited. At a minimum, the
demolition area(s) shall be cleared of combustible materials/debris at least once daily at the end
of the shift.
6. All piping, pits, crawl spaces or other spaces that may contain flammable or combustible gases
shall be purged prior to commencement of demolition activities (e.g. natural gas piping, oil/water
separator pits, etc.).
7. Fire protection measures, in compliance with 29CFR Part 1926.150(c), shall be maintained
throughout the course of demolition.

C. Hazardous Materials Survey

1. Prior to commencement of demolition activities, the Contractor shall ensure that a hazardous
materials survey has been conducted. Hazardous materials include, but are not limited to the
following: asbestos-containing materials, lead-containing materials, PCB-containing oils
(transformers, light ballasts, etc.), mercury-containing switches and light tubes (fluorescent light
tubes), radioactive isotope-containing exit signs and door-closers, Halon (and similar) fire
suppression systems, water-based fire suppression systems where the water is contaminated with
cutting oils, CFC-containing refrigerants, grease-coated surfaces (kitchen hoods and ceilings),
grease traps, floor sumps (oil contamination), oil transformers, containerized hazardous
chemicals, storage tanks, batteries, laboratory fume hoods and associated ductwork, and
laboratory waste discharge lines and traps.
2. All hazardous materials shall be removed prior to demolition. Where hazardous materials cannot
be removed prior to demolition (e.g. lead-coated surfaces), a plan shall be developed by the
Contractor that details the procedures to be used for the safe handling and disposal of the
material(s). All hazardous materials that remain in the structure/demolition area during the
demolition shall be clearly marked by the Contractor, signifying the presence of the hazard. This
will be done in order to ensure that effective recognition and communication of the hazard takes
place. The presence and location of existing or remaining hazardous materials (asbestos, lead-
coated surfaces, etc.) shall be relayed to each employee during the project orientation process. In
addition, each contractor whose employees may potentially be affected by the presence of these
materials shall be forwarded a copy of the hazardous materials survey.
3. A pre-demolition inspection of the structure/demolition area, specifically focused on hazardous
materials, shall be conducted by the Contractor to ensure that the listed material(s) have been
removed. In addition, the Contractor shall obtain written verification from the firm(s) or
entity(s) responsible for oversight of the abatement/remediation activities confirming the
removal of the listed material(s). Demolition cannot begin until this written verification is
received by the Contractor and verified in the field. Refer to Appendix F – Pre-Demolition
Inspection Checklist and Sub-Section E below. The hazardous materials inspection by the
Contractor may take place at the same time as the pre-demolition inspection, at the discretion of
the General Contractor and Contractor performing the work.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 20
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
D. Engineering Survey Report/Demolition Plan for Structural Demolition

1. Prior to commencement of structural demolition (any portion of a space that supports or adds

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


support to the structure) activities, an engineering survey shall be conducted by a qualified
person, as defined in Section 2.C of this Standard. A written report shall be generated by the
qualified person and submitted to the General Contractor upon completion. This report/plan
must be received by the General Contractor at least two weeks in advance of the proposed
demolition commencement date.
2. The General Contractor must review this plan for thoroughness and accuracy, providing
comments to the demolition Contractor and/or qualified person where appropriate.
3. The engineering survey report/demolition plan must, at a minimum, address the following items:
a. Building characteristics including construction type, structure size, number of stories,
height, structural hazards or instabilities, basement, confined spaces, party wall
locations, etc.;
b. Adjacent structures that may be impacted by the demolition activities and required
provisions for protecting those structures;
c. Existing conditions/damage survey of adjacent structures/areas. Any abnormal
conditions or existing damages shall be documented/photographed and included in the
engineering survey report;
d. Detailed description of the sequence of demolition that ensures structural stability
throughout the entire demolition process, including identification of load bearing walls
and elements;
e. Temporary shoring and/or bracing procedures required during each phase of the
demolition, including calculations;
f. Maximum load-bearing capacities of the floors that will be loaded during the demolition
operation. Calculations must be made to ensure that the maximum potential live load
imposed on the floor(s) by the Contractor’s mechanical equipment or the dead load
imposed by accumulated debris does not exceed the capacity of the floor(s);
g. Public protection requirements including effective separation of the public from the
demolition operation, re-routing of pedestrian or vehicular traffic, falling object
protection, etc.;
h. Debris removal methods and restrictions (e.g. debris chutes, floor openings, etc.)
including protection for such;
i. Dust suppression techniques to be employed during each phase of the demolition;
j. Fall protection requirements, means, and methods;
k. Employee access to demolition areas;
l. Existing utility identification, including cut and cap verification;
m. Identification and protection of utilities that must remain live or in service during the
demolition operation. NOTE: Live utilities must be labeled in a manner that clearly
identifies the status of the utility. This label must be of a type that will remain in place
throughout the demolition operation (i.e. paper signs may not be appropriate);
n. Verification of abatement/removal of hazardous materials, as described in this Section.

E. Pre-Demolition Walkthrough and Inspection

1. Prior to commencement of demolition, or prior to commencement of each new phase of


demolition, a pre-demolition walkthrough of the structure/demolition area shall be conducted.
2. Required attendees for this walkthrough include the general contractor’s Superintendent (or his
designee) responsible for the demolition, the Project Safety Manager, the demolition
contractor’s Competent Person and Foreman (or Foremen), and the demolition contractor’s
Safety Representative. The owner or owner’s representative may elect to attend this
walkthrough.
3. The Pre-Demolition Walkthrough shall be documented by a checklist, showing that each person
listed above is in agreement that all procedures and requirements are satisfactorily met.
Demolition will not proceed until this checklist is complete and agreed upon. Appendix F – Pre-
Demolition Inspection Checklist may be used to satisfy this requirement.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 21
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
Section 7 – Electrical Safety
A. General Requirements

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


1. All electrical work and practices shall comply with OSHA29CFR Part 1926.400 through
1926.449, NFPA 70 – National Electrical Code, NFPA 70E – Standard for Electrical Safety in
the Workplace, and 527CMR12.00 – Massachusetts Electrical Code. Where
codes/regulations/requirements conflict, the more stringent guideline shall apply.
2. Each Contractor requiring employees to use or install electrical equipment is required to have an
electrical safety program, specific to that Contractor’s operations, which meets or exceeds the
guidelines listed in this Standard. This program shall be part of the Contractor’s HASP.
3. The employer’s Competent Person shall ensure that all Employees potentially exposed to
electrical hazards possess the knowledge and skill required to perform the duties for which they
are assigned. In addition, a PTP shall be completed prior to any operation, any electrical hazards
shall be clearly identified, and hazard controls defined. The PTP shall be reviewed with the work
crews daily prior to the start of work, and where conditions change.
4. Only qualified electricians shall perform work on electrical equipment, systems, or circuits.
5. Each individual Contractor is responsible for the inspection, maintenance, and use of portable
electric power tools, equipment, extension cords, welding machines, and welding leads.
6. Electrical equipment shall not be opened/serviced/repaired or otherwise handled until it has
been de-energized, locked and tagged out, and verified to conduct zero energy. Verification of
zero energy (voltage testing/metering) is considered energized electrical work.
7. Where work on energized systems is required and necessary, the requirements outlined in Section
7.D shall be adhered to. NOTE: It is assumed that it is feasible and practical to isolate, lock, and
tag all hazardous energy sources, except those instances where continuity of service is essential to
life and health, or where testing of circuits must be performed in the energized state.
8. Cable tuggers/pullers/winches:
a. All cable tuggers/pullers/winches must be accompanied by the user manual. Operators
must have read and understand the manufacturer’s requirements outlined in the user
manual.
b. Only persons specifically trained and qualified shall operate cable
tuggers/pullers/winches, etc.
c. All rigging/ropes/chains/anchors, etc. used with cable tuggers/pullers/winches shall be
rated to meet or exceed the maximum output force of the equipment being used. All
equipment and rigging shall be inspected by the contractor’s Competent Person prior
to use. Defective or worn equipment shall not be used.
d. All cable tugging/pulling/winching areas shall be cordoned off using danger tape and
signs, or barricades while in operation in order to minimize the potential for injury in
the event of a mechanical failure/line parting.
9. Any connection to or interruption of service of an existing building distribution system requires
prior notification to and authorization by the building owner or facility manager. Appendix E –
Utility Disruption Permit Form may be used to satisfy this requirement. At a minimum, the
requirements outlined in the permit must be adhered to and documented.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 22
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
B. Lighting and Illumination

1. All areas within the construction site shall be illuminated to a minimum level of 10 foot-candles.

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


First-aid stations, offices, office trailers, and shanties shall be illuminated to a minimum level of
30 foot-candles. All rooms shall have at least one temporary light installed, until permanent
fixtures are energized and working.
2. Temporary lighting shall not be suspended by its cord, unless it is specifically designed to do so.
3. All lamps/bulbs for general illumination shall be protected from incidental contact or damage
using cages that fully encircle the lamp. Open-bottom protective cages are not allowed.
4. High intensity discharge (metal halide) fixtures shall be provided with a containment barrier that
encloses the lamp, or provided with physical means that allows only Type O lamps.
5. High intensity discharge fixtures shall be cycled off at least once per week for fifteen minutes or
at frequencies prescribed by the manufacturer, whichever is more stringent.
6. All lighting fixtures, wiring, devices, and equipment subject to dampness or wet locations shall be
weatherproof and approved for outdoor use.
7. All below grade structures shall have, at a minimum, illuminated exit signs (photo-luminescent
acceptable)/emergency lighting packs located at each exit stair/ladder, at each level. These
signs/emergency lighting packs shall be capable of remaining illuminated during power outages
for a period of no less than ninety (90) minutes. These fixtures shall be inspected by the electrical
Contractor or his designee at least monthly.
8. All temporary lighting wiring and fixtures must be removed upon completion of the
construction.
9. The electrical Contractor, in an effort to reduce energy consumption, shall installation switching,
as close to the main entrance of the project or work area as possible, that allows non-essential
lighting to be turned off when the project is not active. Egress lighting shall remain active at all
times.

C. Temporary (Construction Use) Power

1. Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters (GFCI):


a. All 125 volt 15, 20, and 30 amp temporary power receptacles shall be protected by a
ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) at the receptacle.
b. Receptacles other than 125 volt 15, 20, and 30 amp shall be protected by a GFCI either
at the breaker or the receptacle.
c. Portable electric power units (spider boxes) shall have a GFCI at the unit receptacle,
and the cord supplying power from the outlet (or panel if hard wired) shall be SO type.
The maximum length of power supply cords from the outlet to the spider box is one-
hundred (100) feet. Spider box power cords shall be protected from vehicular and
pedestrian traffic, and shall be routed so as not to pose a tripping hazard.
d. Portable generators shall have GFCI protection at the receptacle.
e. Permanent power receptacles used during construction shall require the use of a
portable GFCI, plugged into the receptacle, or replacement with a GFCI outlet.
f. The electrical Contractor is responsible to inspect all project fixed temporary GFCI
receptacles and breakers at least monthly. The inspection shall be documented, and an
inspection log shall be maintained. NOTE: A dated/initialed inspection sticker placed
on the receptacle or next to the breaker shall be considered to be compliant with this
requirement.
2. Wiring Practices
a. Underground temporary power feeds shall be in conduit, and the conduit shall be
protected, either by encasement in a concrete ductbank or other equally protective
means. Direct burial of temporary power feeds, regardless of the wire rating, is not
allowed. ‘Buried Electric Line’ detectable (i.e. metallic) warning tape shall be buried
above the ductbank, no closer than twelve inches above the top of the ductbank. If the
top of the ductbank is less than two feet below grade, a fixed warning system shall be
placed at grade.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 23
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
b. Underground temporary power feeds shall be surveyed following installation. The
location(s) shall be shown on a site plan or project utility drawing. A copy of this
plan/drawing shall be maintained by the both the General Contractor and the

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


electrical Contractor. If the ductbank is to remain following completion of the
construction, the exact location shall be shown on the official project as-built drawings,
and transmitted to the owner.
c. All temporary wiring shall be protected from accidental contact or damage either by its
placement and its securing method against a wall or deck, or by physical protection
(conduit, wood box, etc.). Temporary wiring shall be secured with non-conductive
materials.
d. All receptacles shall be grounded. All metal panels, boxes, covers, conduit, etc. shall be
grounded.
e. Receptacles shall not be installed on branch circuits that supply power to temporary
lighting.
f. All holes, knock-outs, and unused openings in panels, boxes, cabinets, etc., including
spaces where circuit breakers are missing, shall be effectively protected with approved
covers. Electrical tape or cardboard is not acceptable.
3. Access, Labeling and Signs
a. Panels shall be locked to prevent unauthorized access. Danger signs shall be placed on
the panel door warning project employees of the potential electrical hazard. The sign
shall include circuit voltage ratings from the feed side.
b. Electric vaults, electric/switchgear/transformer rooms/cages/shacks, shall be locked to
prevent unauthorized access. Danger signs shall be placed on the panel cover warning
project employees of the potential electrical hazard, including voltages present.
c. Receptacles shall be labeled or marked with permanent marker, showing the panel
number/location and the breaker from which the receptacle is powered.
d. Circuit breakers shall be labeled to show the receptacle/system/tool they control.
e. Circuit breaker panels shall be labeled to show the voltage they contain, and the location
from which power is fed to the panel.
4. Power Cords and Tools
a. All power tools and extension cords must be grounded, unless double insulated.
b. All power tools, equipment, and extension cords must be inspected for damage by the
user prior to the tool’s use. Any tool/equipment/cord found to be damaged shall be
tagged and removed from service until repairs have been made, or discarded.
c. Flexible cords shall not be routed through holes in the floor or wall. Where cords are
routed through a door or window, protection shall be provided that prevents damage to
the cord.
d. Flexible cords, including portable electric power unit (spider boxes) cords shall not be
run across a walkway, aisle, stair, or ladder entrance. Where it is necessary to cross a
walkway, aisle, stair, or ladder entrance with a flexible cord, the cord must be suspended
at least seven feet above the walking surface.

D. Energized Electrical Work

Energized electrical work shall comply with the requirements established in NFPA 70-E, Article 130.
Appendix G - Energized Electric Work Permit may be used to satisfy the requirement of Article 130.1(A).

Best Practice
Electrical contractors responsible for temporary electric power may consider designing the temporary
system (and sub-system) so that electricians can make up circuits outside of the panel to minimize the
exposure to energized bus conductors (Examples of observed practices: Wire all circuits into a trough or
junction box outside the panel, thus eliminating the need to remove the panel cover to add a new circuit;
design and install temporary outlets so that they may be relocated as work progresses, without having to
remove and re-install the outlet box and wiring back to the panel).

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 24
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
Section 8 – Environmental and Occupational Health
A. Definitions

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


1. Asbestos. A naturally occurring, mostly fibrous mineral that is durable and resistant to heat, fire,
and many caustic chemicals. Because of these properties, asbestos and asbestos containing
materials (ACM) are found in materials used as fireproofing, insulating agents, and many other
building materials. Materials containing 1% asbestos or more by weight are regulated.
2. Chlorofluorocarbon (CFC). Any product containing ozone depleting refrigerants including, but
not limited to, Chlorofluorocarbons (CFC) and Hydrochlorofluorocarbons (HCFC).
3. Combustion Units. Units including, but not limited to, turbines, boilers, heaters, emergency
generators and kilns.
4. Emission Control Devices. A device installed on diesel-powered non-road construction
equipment either included on the EPA Verified Retrofit Technology List
(www.epa.gov/otaq/retrofit/retroverifiedlist.htm) or judged by Harvard to be equivalent to the
EPA standards (visit the Harvard Office for Sustainability on-line at
www.greencampus.harvard.edu for additional guidance).
5. Environment. Natural surroundings including the soils, groundwater, surface water and air
associated with a construction site.
6. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). The federal agency responsible for protection of
human health, welfare and the environment.
7. Halon. The organic halide (bromotrifluoromethane, or Halon 1301) sometimes used as a gaseous
fire suppression agent.
8. Hazardous Waste Generator (or primary Generator). Any person, by site, whose act or process
produces characteristic or listed hazardous waste or whose act first causes a waste to become
subject to regulation.
9. Incidental Spill. Any spill meeting all of the following criteria:
a. Personnel are familiar with the hazards associated with the spilled material;
b. Containment/response does not pose potential health and safety hazards (e.g. fire,
explosion or chemical exposure);
c. A small quantity (less than 10 gallons) of material is spilled/released which DOES NOT
reach the environment or pose potential health hazards; and
d. Spilled/released material can be immediately and readily absorbed, neutralized, or
otherwise controlled at the time of release by employees in the immediate area or by
maintenance personnel.
10. Lead-based paint (LBP). Any paint containing any measurable amount of lead. Under OSHA,
lead-based paint is considered a potential health hazard to Employees involved in dust
generating removal of lead painted building components. Massachusetts does not regulate lead
paint in commercial or public buildings.
11. Licensed Site Professional (LSP). A hazardous waste site cleanup professional holding a license
issued by the Board of Registration of Hazardous Waste Site Cleanup Professionals pursuant to
M.G.L. c.21A s. 19 through 19J.
12. Massachusetts Contingency Plan (MCP). Regulations published at 310 CMR 40.0000 and
promulgated under M.G.L. c. 21E for the purpose of providing for the protection of health,
safety and public welfare and the environment.
13. Massachusetts Department of Environmental Protection (MassDEP). The Massachusetts state
agency responsible for the protection of the environment.
14. Non-incidental Spills. Any spill that meets either of the following criteria:
a. Major spills/releases (i.e. greater than 10 gallons) that do not reach the environment or
b. Any quantity of spilled material that escapes to the environment (including drains,
sumps, outdoor air, soil, surface water, sediment, etc.).
15. Polychlorinated Biphenyl (PCB). Any of a class of highly stable organic compounds prepared by
the reaction of chlorine with biphenyl, a two-ring compound. The commercial product, a mix of
several PCB isomers, is a colorless, viscous liquid that is almost insoluble in water, does not
degrade under high temperatures, and is a good electrical insulator. PCBs became widely used as
lubricants, heat-transfer fluids, and fire-resistant dielectric fluids in transformers and capacitors in
the 1930s and '40s. Their manufacture and use was subsequently restricted in the U.S. and other
countries in the mid 1970s as they were found to cause adverse health effects.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 25
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
B. General Requirements

1. All Contractors and Subcontractors performing work on projects conducted at or on behalf of

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


the University shall comply with all applicable federal environmental regulations (EPA, OSHA,
etc.), state environmental regulations (MassDEP, Department of Public Health, Massachusetts
Water Resources Authority, etc.), and local environmental regulations and ordinances (as
appropriate) as well as the University-specific guidelines outlined in the following Sub-Sections.
2. The requirements included in the following Sub-Sections have been developed to aid
Contractors and Subcontractors in navigating through relevant environmental regulations and
potential environmental issues that may arise over the course of construction, therefore helping
to minimize the overall impacts to the environment and to students, faculty, staff, and the general
public. Where codes/regulations/requirements conflict, the more stringent guidelines shall
apply.

C. Indoor Air Quality

1. The General Contractor is responsible for protecting occupied areas of buildings from
hazardous materials or contaminant emissions arising from demolition activities, construction
materials, and/or construction equipment. Potential contaminants include, but are not limited to,
particulates (dusts or fibers), volatile organic compounds (VOCs), combustion products, and/or
biological materials. All Contractors shall comply with all federal, state and local laws,
regulations, ordinances or orders pertaining to air pollution and dust control. The General
Contractor’s responsibilities related to indoor air quality include, but are not limited to:
a. Where airborne contaminants will potentially be released as part of the scope of work
(e.g. demolition, welding/cutting fumes, chemical fumes/odors, etc.), the General
Contractor shall submit an Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) Plan as part of their Project-
Specific HASP. The IAQ plan shall identify those activities during the project that are
likely to impact occupied areas and specify control measures to be used to limit those
impacts. All possible control measures, or combinations thereof, shall be considered
including: protection of the HVAC system; use of lower emitting products;
modification of equipment for lower emissions; local exhaust or air cleaning; covering,
controlling or sealing emission sources; pressurizing occupied spaces; erecting barriers;
relocating sources; temporary sealing of outside sources; dust suppression; increased
cleaning frequency or efficiency; and, creating unoccupied buffer zones around work
sites. Additional measures such as working off-hours or temporarily relocating adjacent
staff shall be coordinated with the HUPM and shall only be done with written
permission of the HUPM.
2. Where an Employee is potentially exposed to contaminants by inhalation, ingestion, absorption,
or injection, the Employer shall prove through either an initial or negative exposure assessment
that over-exposure has not taken or will not take place. The exposure assessment shall be
documented, and the exposure assessment records shall be retained in the project files. The
following shall be documented, at a minimum:
b. Contaminant(s) of concern and their associated permissible exposure limits;
c. Date of exposure assessment;
d. Description of the operation for which the contaminant is assessed;
e. Engineering controls in place during the assessment period;
f. Administrative controls in place during the assessment period;
g. Personal protective equipment worn or used by the employees;
h. Biological monitoring results (pre and post-assessment);
i. Environmental conditions during the assessment period;
j. Collection method(s) (i.e. sampling method or test method);
k. Analysis method(s);
l. Analysis result(s);
m. Comparison of contaminant analysis to the protection factor(s) for the personal
protective equipment used;
n. Employee notification method(s).

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 26
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
D. Air Emissions

1. Combustion Units

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


a. The General Contractor must immediately report to the HUPM and HUEH&S any
maintenance or repairs anticipated to a combustion unit that could result in a change in
maximum heat input value or overall emissions (e.g., burner replacement or fuel
conversions).
b. The General Contractor must immediately report to the HUPM and HUEH&S any
conditions discovered which could have resulted in an increase in air pollutant
emissions.
c. At no time shall the General Contractor alter or shut-off a pollution control device
without first obtaining written approval from HUPM and HUEH&S.
2. CFC Containing Units
a. The General Contractor shall immediately notify the HUPM and HUEH&S whenever
they become aware of any unintentional or intentional release of CFCs above de-
minimis levels as established by EPA regulations.
b. The General Contractor shall provide the following documentation to the HUPM and
HUEH&S: EPA certifications for any CFC reclamation Contractor receiving CFC
products evacuated from University systems; Certifications for any CFC
recycle/recovery equipment to be used at the University; Technician certifications; and
service records for all units containing greater that 50 pounds of refrigerant. Records
must include the date and type of service and the type and quantity of refrigerant lost
and added.
c. The General Contractor shall immediately notify and provide documentation to the
HUPM and HUEH&S whenever the following occurs: a leak rate equals or exceeds
35% per year for commercial/industrial processes; a leak rate equals or exceeds 15% per
year for comfort cooling processes; or a release occurs of >100 pounds in a 24-hour
period for CFC-12, CFC-113 ad R-500.
3. Halon
a. Halon service providers shall immediately notify the HUPM and HUEH&S whenever
they become aware of any unintentional or intentional release of Halon.

E. Asbestos Identification and Abatement

1. Building owners and managers are required to maintain ACM in good repair to prevent the
release of asbestos fibers, or if disturbance of ACM for repair purpose must take place, activities
are required to adhere to current asbestos abatement regulations.
2. The General Contractor shall notify the HUPM and HUEH&S prior to initiating any
construction, renovation, and/or demolition work that may involve ACM.
3. As required in Section 6, Paragraph C, prior to the commencement of any renovation and/or
demolition activities the Contractor shall ensure that a hazardous materials survey had been
conducted, which identifies the presence , location, and quantity of asbestos-containing or
potentially asbestos containing materials (ACM) that would be specifically impacted by the
pending work of the contract.
4. It should be understood by the Contractor that asbestos containing material can be found
aboveground in building materials, as well as below ground in urban fill and in active piping. The
Contractor shall assume that the following suspect materials contain asbestos until lab data
shows otherwise:
a. Acoustical and decorative plaster
b. Adhesives
c. Flooring backing, construction mastics, and asphalt floor tile
d. Base flashing
e. Boiler, breeching, and pipe insulation
f. Caulking/putties
g. Ceiling tiles and lay-in panels
h. Cement pipes and cement wallboard
i. Chalkboards
j. Cooling towers
k. Electrical panel partitions, electrical cloth, and wiring insulation
l. Elevator equipment panels and brake shoes

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 27
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
m. Fireproofing materials, including gaskets, fire blankets, fire curtains, fire doors, etc.
n. Heating and electrical ducts
o. HVAC duct insulation, flexible fabric, and flexible fabric connectors

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


p. Lab hoods, benches and gloves
q. Packing materials (wall/floor penetrations)
r. Rolled-Roofing
s. Roofing shingles and felt
t. Spray-applied and blown-in insulation
u. Taping, spackling, and joint compounds
v. Textured paints/coatings
w. Thermal paper products
x. Vinyl sheet flooring and floor tile
y. Vinyl wall coverings
z. Wallboard
5. All ACM shall be removed prior to demolition/renovation activities. The asbestos abatement
Contractor or Subcontractor shall make all required notifications and secure all required
permits for asbestos abatement activities.
6. Asbestos abatement Contractors (or Sub-Contractors) shall be pre-approved by HUEH&S and
shall coordinate with the HUPM and HUEH&S for specific requirements regarding asbestos
abatement work at the University. Refer to www.uos.harvard.edu/ehs/construction. The
abatement Contractor shall not disturb, damage, or otherwise handle any suspect asbestos-
containing materials unless such activities are part of their contracted work.
7. Asbestos waste shall be handled and managed in accordance with all federal, state, and local
regulations and ordinances. The Contractor shall coordinate with the HUPM and HUEH&S for
disposal of asbestos-containing waste.
8. In the event any Contractor encounters previously unidentified material that is reasonably
believed to be asbestos, the Contractor shall immediately stop work in the affected area and
immediately report the condition to the HUPM and HUEH&S for investigation as outlined in
Sub-section H – Hazardous Materials and Hazardous Waste Management.
9. Construction materials containing asbestos shall not be used or incorporated into any installation
at the University. If there is a need to use an asbestos containing product for which there is no
substitute, the Contractor must obtain the written permission of the HUPM and HUEH&S.

F. Dust Control

1. Contractors shall prevent airborne transmission of dust, mists, and vapors at all times, including
nonworking hours, weekends, and holidays. The Contractor shall treat all on-site soil that is
disturbed by the operations, including stockpiled material, with wet suppression or other means
to control dust in accordance with the applicable specifications and drawings that are included in
the contract documents.
2. The Contractor shall clean trucks leaving the site and entering paved public streets of all mud
and dirt clinging to the vehicle body and wheels. The Contractor shall manage all runoff from
equipment/wheel washing in accordance with Section 8.M – Storm Water Management.
3. The Contractor shall cover all materials stockpiled (temporarily or permanently) on-site to
minimize or eliminate the potential for dust emissions from the site.
4. Each Contractor or Subcontractor who generates dust or particulates during construction or
demolition activities (e.g. cutting concrete, demolition, CMU/brick cutting, sweeping, etc.) shall
employ dust suppression (e.g. water) as the primary means of controlling dust. HEPA filtration
and/or respiratory protection shall be considered secondary and tertiary means of hazard control,
respectively.

G. Groundwater Management

1. The Contractor shall maintain groundwater levels within the allowable range, as per contract
documents and permits. The University shall monitor groundwater levels before and during
construction on a routine basis, as necessary to confirm compliance.
2. The discharge of pumped groundwater shall be performed in accordance with all required
federal, state, and local permits and approvals. It shall be done in a manner that will not impact
the environment, cause nuisances, or create safety concerns to the neighborhood or the Harvard
community.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 28
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
3. The HUPM, through the LSP, will pre-characterize groundwater if dewatering and off-site
discharge are required. The Contractor will obtain proper permits for off-site discharge of
groundwater. On-site recharge is feasible only if the pumped groundwater will not degrade the

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


chemical quality of the existing groundwater in the recharge area. The LSP will make this
determination.
4. The Contractor shall make arrangements for temporary storage of groundwater in the event of a
large storm event where the regulatory authorities may require suspension of discharge.

H. Hazardous Materials and Hazardous Waste Management

1. Hazardous Materials
a. Harvard University shall not be responsible for materials and substances brought to the
site by any Contractor. Each Contractor is responsible for the proper storage and
management of hazardous materials in accordance with Federal, State and Local
requirements. Further, each Contractor is responsible for the removal and disposition
of all surplus chemicals (e.g., paints, lubricants, and cleaning products) that they bring
on-site as part of the work. No Contractor shall use any drain, pipe or plumbing
fixture for the disposal of any waste materials. No chemicals that the Contractor
brings on-site shall remain on University property at the completion of the work
without the written consent of the HUPM.
b. The Contractor shall review all contract documents (specifications, drawings,
referenced reports, etc.) and ensure that they are aware of the presence and locations of
the hazardous materials that have been identified by the Owner or Owner’s
representative (e.g., asbestos, lead-based paint, oil, etc.). The Contractor shall retain the
appropriate trained personnel to pre-abate all identified hazardous materials that are
scheduled to be impacted by the work in accordance with the applicable specifications
and drawings included with the contract documents.

2. Hazardous Waste
a. The General Contractor shall manage all hazardous waste in accordance with all
applicable federal, state, and local regulations, including but not limited to the
Massachusetts Hazardous Waste regulations at 310 CMR 30.000 and the Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA), 40 CFR Part 260, including any required
agency notifications regarding the generation of hazardous waste.
b. The Contractor must provide the HUPM and HUEH&S with a list of actual and
potential hazardous waste(s) to be generated during a project. Hazardous waste
generated by a Contractor as part of its work is the responsibility of the Contractor.
c. The Contractor shall have primary generator responsibility for all such hazardous
waste, except for waste that is abated from Harvard property (e.g., lead paint, asbestos,
contaminated soil).
d. The General Contractor shall develop a Hazardous Waste Plan that identifies all
procedures for the safe handling of hazardous waste in accordance with applicable
regulatory requirements. The Hazardous Waste Plan shall describe the Contractor’s
responsibilities related to hazardous wastes and shall include, but is not limited to the
following: identification of those wastes classified as hazardous waste in accordance
with all applicable regulations; proof of registration with EPA and/or MassDEP as a
generator of hazardous waste and/or waste oil; and certification of appropriate
hazardous waste training for all Employees. The General Contractor shall submit
their Hazardous Waste Plan to the HUPM and HUEH&S under separate cover from
the Project-Specific HASP.
e. The Contractor shall establish and manage hazardous waste storage area(s) in
accordance with the applicable regulatory requirements. These areas will be designated
to safely store hazardous wastes. At a minimum, the Contractor shall visually inspect
these areas weekly and document the inspections on an on-site log. The area shall be
equipped with adequate signage, secondary containment, and an appropriately sized and
compatible spill kit. Additional requirements may be necessary in accordance with the
regulatory requirements.
f. Containers of hazardous waste shall be properly labeled, stored in/on a secondary
containment device, maintained in good condition and kept closed at all times and
managed in accordance with the regulatory requirements.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 29
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
g. Each Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating the shipment of all hazardous
waste where they have primary Generator responsibility, including signing all hazardous
waste manifests. A copy of all hazardous waste manifests shall be provided to the

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


HUPM and HUEH&S at the conclusion of the work and made available during the
project upon request by the HUPM or HUEH&S. Any person signing for or offering
waste for transportation must be properly trained.
3. Transporting Hazardous Materials and Hazardous Waste
a. Only Contractors licensed to transport hazardous materials/waste (under EPA and
MassDEP regulations) shall be permitted to transport hazardous materials/waste.
Transportation of hazardous materials/waste shall also comply with US DOT
regulations and requirements.
b. At no time shall the Contractor transport hazardous materials via public or private
roads in a manner that could result in an unsafe condition for personnel or the
environment.
c. Transportation of hazardous materials shall be conducted in accordance with all
applicable regulations for proper packaging, marking/labeling, handling, and
documenting.
d. Contractors are responsible for ensuring that proper shipping papers (bills of lading or
hazardous waste manifests) accompany shipments of hazardous materials and that a 24-
hour emergency contact is available to address transportation related emergencies.
4. Previously Unidentified Hazardous Materials
a. In the event any Contractor encounters previously unidentified material that is
reasonably believed to be a hazardous substance or condition, including but not limited
to, asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), lead-based paint, oil or other
petroleum products, pollutants, hazardous materials, contaminants, objectionable odors
or noxious or odorous substances, the Contractor shall immediately stop work in the
affected area and immediately report the condition to the HUPM and HUEH&S. If the
material is determined to be a hazardous substance through testing and analysis by
qualified individuals, work in the affected area shall not thereafter be resumed except by
written agreement between the HUPM and HUEH&S and General Contractor (or
where other arrangements are made by the HUPM). If the material is other than a
hazardous substance, the work in the affected area shall be resumed upon direction by
the HUPM.
b. The HUPM shall retain the services of licensed or qualified persons and a licensed
laboratory to verify the presence or absence of the previously unidentified and untested
hazardous substances. Should any Contractor discover materials or conditions
previously hidden from view or uncharacterized on the basis of information provided to
the Contractor by the HUPM or HUEH&S, the Contractor shall leave such substance
undisturbed until identification has been completed by qualified persons. Unless
otherwise required by the contract documents, the HUPM or HUEH&S shall furnish in
writing to the Contractor the names and qualifications of persons or entities who are to
perform tests verifying the presence or absence of such material or substance or who
are to perform the task of removal or safe containment of such material or substance.
The Contractor agrees to cooperate with the HUPM and HUEH&S, Architect and
other consultants engaged by the HUPM and HUEH&S to perform services with
respect to the detection, removal, containment, treatment or disposal of hazardous
substances. When the material or substance no longer poses a significant risk to human
health based upon a determination of a Massachusetts Licensed Site Professional,
Certified Industrial Hygienist, or other qualified individual, work in the affected area
shall resume upon written agreement of the HUPM and Contractor.

I. Laboratory Decommissioning

1. Prior to the commencement of work, the Contractor shall ensure that the laboratory(ies)
scheduled for renovation or demolition have been appropriately decommissioned.
2. The first step in this process is to ensure that building operations or its representative has
conducted a laboratory assessment and cleanout process with the principal investigator. This
cleanout process includes, but is not limited to collection, removal and proper disposal of
hazardous waste and controlled substances; cleanout of sharps and broken glassware;
decontamination/wipedown of laboratory working surfaces; cleanout of darkrooms and

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 30
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
photoprocessing equipment: decontamination and disinfection of any biologically impacted
material, equipment and surfaces; and assessment, cleaning and decontamination of any
radiologically impacted materials, equipment and surfaces. Following the cleanout, the

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


Contractor, building operations, and HUEH&S shall inspect the space to ensure there are no
apparent hazards remaining from the previous research operations.
3. Following the laboratory cleanout process, the Contractor shall conduct make-safe activities to
ensure that utilities such as gas, water and electricity are made safe prior to any
construction/demolition activity, in accordance with Sections 5 and 6 of this Standard. The
Contractor shall ensure that make-safe activities which may be affiliated with laboratory
operations (plumbing traps, laboratory waste lines, etc.) have the appropriate type and level of
training to perform the defined tasks (e.g. chemical safety training, etc.)
4. The University will have a hazardous materials survey performed as outlined in Section 6 of this
Standard. The University will provide containers for the collection of universal waste
(fluorescent bulbs and light ballasts) by the contractor. Disposal of universal waste will be
performed by the University. The Contractor will be provided with a lead-based paint survey as
it pertains to the project’s scope of work. NOTE: This paragraph applies only where these
responsibilities have not been otherwise outlined or assigned in the contract documents.
5. Any remaining hazardous materials will be handled and disposed by the University, unless this
duty is otherwise outlined or assigned in the contract documents.
6. Dependent upon the scope of work, renovation of the laboratory’s existing infrastructure may be
necessary. The University will ensure that plumbing traps and fume hoods and associated
ductwork have been decontaminated as required, unless this duty is otherwise outlined or
assigned in the contract documents. The Contractor shall verify that decontamination has taken
place prior to commencing work.
7. The last step is to ensure that laboratory equipment to remain or be removed by the Contractor
has been appropriately decommissioned. This decommissioning, to be performed by the
University, shall include purging and properly disposing of any remaining hazardous materials or
gases from the supply and drain lines of the identified equipment. NOTE: This paragraph
applies only where these responsibilities have not been otherwise outlined or assigned in the
contract documents.
8. As this process may take several weeks and is affected by make-safe activities, the Contractor
shall incorporate a timeline into the official project schedule.

J. Lead Paint Abatement

1. Unless the HUPM and HUEH&S provide a specific lead-paint inspection, the Contractor shall
assume that any painted surface they come in contact with is coated with lead-based paint, except
where the paint was installed by the Contractor as part of the work and the paint is known not
to contain any level of lead.
2. The Contractor should not perform any intrusive, dust-generating work (e.g., drilling, cutting,
sanding, brazing, scraping, demolition) on painted surfaces unless the surface has been confirmed
to be non-lead or unless such work is part of the contracted work and the firm is specifically
trained to do so.
3. Any painted surfaces that have loose, flaking, chipping, or otherwise non-intact paint should not
be impacted by the Contractor and should be reported to the HUPM and HUEH&S
immediately.
4. Lead paint abatement Contractors shall coordinate with the HUPM and HUEH&S for specific
requirements for lead abatement work, including procedures for containerizing, testing and
shipping LBP. Refer to www.uos.harvard.edu/ehs/construction for information.

K. Soils Management

1. Contractors must ensure compliance with all applicable federal, state, and local regulations and
ordinances regarding the excavation and off-site management of soils removed during the course
of their work. The Contractor is highly encouraged to re-use soils in the work area, if suitable,
and approved by the HUPM and project LSP, as appropriate.
2. If the Contractor determines that the work involves the excavation and off-site management of
soils, the Contractor must first coordinate with the HUPM and HUEH&S to ensure the proper
characterization and management of soils. A pre-characterization plan may be necessary to

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 31
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
characterize the soils prior to excavation. Preparation and implementation of this plan must be
under the direction of an LSP and HUEH&S.
3. Prior to excavation, the Contractor should contact HUEH&S for a listing of approved soil

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


management facilities. Only those facilities listed are acceptable for the off-site management of
soils. Should the Contractor identify another suitable facility which is not identified on this list,
the Contractor must obtain prior approval of the facility by HUEH&S before shipping any soils.
As this process may take several months, the Contractor shall incorporate a timeline into the
official project schedule.
4. In all instances, contact HUEH&S for assistance in site characterization and soils
disposal/recycling.
5. No imported fill materials will be accepted from off-site borrow sources that are listed by
MassDEP as a “disposal site,” or by EPA as a Superfund site. Borrow material obtained from
off-site borrow sources must be accompanied by documentation stating that there have been no
known releases or disposal of oil and/or hazardous materials at the borrow site and from which
the material is coming. Urban backfill will not be accepted from off-site sources. An LSP must
certify that the soil is appropriate for use on the project site, and that the soil meets HUEH&S
design specifications. The General Contractor must provide certified analytical testing
(chemical and physical testing) of all off-site fill material demonstrating that the soil meets the
criteria for the work site, does not exceed the MCP Reportable Concentrations, and meets the
“anti-degradation policy” of the MCP and guidelines established by MassDEP.

L. Spill Prevention, Control, and Response

1. Spill Prevention
a. Based on the inventory of oil and hazardous chemicals that will be brought on-site, the
Contractor shall have available equipment (e.g., secondary containment pallets,
absorbent pads, absorbent booms, speedy-dry) that is suitable and sufficient to control a
potential spill/release.
b. Prior to the work, the Contractor is responsible for identifying conveyances to the
environment (e.g., sumps, storm/floor drains, etc.) and adequately minimizing spill
potential to these areas through protection, diking, etc.
c. The Contractor is responsible for the proper storage and labeling of all flammable and
combustible chemicals that are brought and/or stored on site to complete the work in
accordance with Federal, State and local regulations. Such storage may require the use
of safety containers, safety cabinets, and/or secondary containment. The Contractor
shall also ensure that any incompatible chemicals are safely segregated. The Contractor
is responsible for maintaining and securing all chemical containers and all chemical
storage areas. This requires selecting locations and methods to minimize exposure to
rainfall, surface water, and the ground surface or subsurface. Enclosures, shelters, and
secondary containment should be used where appropriate. See Section 12 – Fire
Prevention and Protection for additional details.
d. The Contractor must use appropriate protective procedures such as double
containment, employee training, overflow protection, and other measures as part of
activities involving the use, storage, or handling of petroleum products, chemicals or
other hazardous materials on Harvard University Property.
e. The General Contractor shall ensure that employees are adequately trained in spill
control and response procedures as outlined below.
2. Spill Control and Response
a. In the event of a release or spill of oil or hazardous chemicals, the Contractor must
follow all of the reporting requirements of the University’s Spill Prevention Control and
Countermeasures (SPCC) Program.
b. The Contractor shall extinguish all sources of ignition and isolate incompatibles or
reactive chemical substances.
c. The Contractor shall determine if the spill/release is incidental or non-incidental (refer
to Section 8A – Definitions).
d. For incidental spills/releases the Contractor shall conduct the following: attempt to
stop or contain the spill/release at the source provided that doing so does not endanger
anyone; prevent discharge of materials to environmental receptors including drains,
surface water, outdoor air, sumps, soil, etc.; immediately notify the HUPM and
HUEH&S of all incidental spills/releases; and be responsible for the proper collection,

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 32
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
storage and disposal of waste materials in compliance with EPA and MassDEP
regulations, in cooperation with the HUPM and HUEH&S.
e. For non-incidental spills/releases the Contractor shall: immediately report the

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


spill/release to the University Operations Center at (617)495-5560, who will in turn
notify the HUEH&S; and follow the steps for incidental spill/releases identified in
Section 8.K.2.d above, provided that it is safe to do so.
f. If it is deemed necessary to engage a professional spill cleanup company, the General
Contractor will coordinate the cleanup through the HUPM and HUEH&S.
g. HUEH&S will manage and direct, along with the Contractor, all reporting to outside
agencies and will conduct follow-up written notifications, if necessary. This does not
infer that Harvard will be the Potentially Responsible Party. This will be assessed on a
case-by-case basis.
h. The Contractor will conduct an incident investigation and coordinate with the HUPM
and HUEH&S on any actions that are required to prevent recurrence.
i. Harvard SPCC Program establishes University-wide procedures for the prevention and
detection of spills and/or releases of oil or hazardous materials and varies based on
where the work is being conducted. More information on the SPCC Program may be
obtained from HUEH&S.

M. Storage Tanks (Above Ground and Underground)

1. Permitting for Storage Tanks


a. The Contractor must be properly licensed and is required to perform the work and
obtain the appropriate permits in accordance with all applicable federal, state, and local
regulations and ordinances involving aboveground and underground storage tanks.
b. Aboveground storage tanks and associated piping shall be properly installed and
permitted in accordance with, but not limited to, the Massachusetts Fire Prevention
Regulations at 527 CMR 4.00 and 527 CMR 9.00.
c. The installation of any Underground Storage Tank (UST) must be approved by
HUEH&S before any work is initiated. Underground storage tanks and associated
piping shall be properly installed and permitted in accordance with, but not limited to,
the Massachusetts Fire Prevention Regulations at 527 CMR 4.00 and 527 CMR 9.00, the
manufacturer’s instructions, and the “Petroleum Equipment Institute Publication
RP100-97, Recommended Practices for Installation of Underground Liquid Storage
Systems.” As of July 1, 2009, the responsibility for administering the tank registration
and compliance inspection provisions of the UST program (527CMR9.00) is conducted
by the Massachusetts DEP.
d. Prior to installation, the Contractor shall ensure that a permit has been obtained from
the Massachusetts Department of Public Safety and the local Fire Department for
heating oil tanks associated with fuel burning equipment.
e. If the quantity of light or heavy fuel oil exceeds 10,000 gallons, the Contractor shall
ensure that an application for registration and license has been submitted to the
Massachusetts Department of Public Safety, the local Fire Department, and the License
Commission.
f. For gasoline and diesel fuel, the Contractor shall ensure that a tank registration/permit
has been submitted to the Massachusetts Department of Fire Services and the local Fire
Department.
g. Design documents, including plans, schematics, notifications and permit applications,
related to USTs must be submitted to the HUEH&S and Engineering and Utilities
Department who will review the submittals to ensure compliance with University
permits and policies.
h. The Contractor shall submit final closeout (“as-built”) documents to the HUPM upon
completion of the work.
2. Above Ground Storage Tanks (ASTs)
a. The design and construction of new or replacement ASTs and piping shall be in
accordance with 527 CMR 9.04 as applicable.
b. The design and construction of new or replacement ASTs for the storage of hazardous
waste shall be in accordance with 310 CMR 30.000.
c. Where possible, tank-mounted suction-type pumps should be employed to prevent and
minimize leaks from valves and fittings.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 33
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
d. Tanks should not be located directly under building eaves where they may be subject to
falling snow or increased external damage from dripping water.
e. To prevent and minimize oil spill and overfill, tanks shall have, at a minimum, one or

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


some combination of the following: an audible high level alarm activated by a float
switch at a specified fill level; a valve located within fill pipe access to close
automatically at a specified fill level; a direct reading level gauge at the tank, which is
visible from the fill pipe location; and secondary containment, capable of containing
110% capacity of the tank.
f. The tank systems shall have properly sized vent for emergency pressure relief.
g. The tank should be protected from vandalism, collision and accidental damage if the
unit has to be placed outside a building. This is generally accomplished with jersey
barriers, bollards, or fences around the tank(s).
h. Piping associated with new ASTs should be double walled, where feasible. The HUPM
is responsible for determining this feasibility.
3. Underground Storage Tanks (USTs)
a. The design and construction of new or replacement USTs and piping shall be in
accordance with 527 CMR 9.05 and shall only be approved on a case by case basis by
the HUEH&S.
b. For the storage of petroleum materials, USTs shall be constructed of double-walled
fiberglass-reinforced plastic (or equally protective compatible material suitable for the
tank contents) in compliance with “Underwriters Laboratories Standard 1316; Standard
for Glass-Fiber-Reinforced Plastic – Underground Storage Tanks for Petroleum
Products,” or “American Society of Testing and Materials Standard D4021; Standard
Specification for Glass-Fiber-Reinforced Polyester Underground Petroleum Storage
Tanks.”
c. To minimize the risk of UST piping corrosion, piping systems shall be installed in
accordance with 527 CMR 9.05 and American Petroleum Institute-API Recommended
Practice 1632.
d. Tanks shall be provided with overfill, leak detection systems, and testing and inventory
controls in accordance with 527 CMR 9.05.
e. The design, construction and permitting of USTs for the purpose of storing hazardous
waste shall be in accordance with 527 CMR 9.00 and the Massachusetts Hazardous
Waste Regulations at 30.000. Massachusetts DEP is responsible for administering the
tank registration and compliance inspection provisions of the UST program.

N. Storm Water Management

1. The General Contractor shall be responsible for review and continued compliance with any
storm water permits that have been obtained by the University prior to the start of work. For
sites where more than one acre of disturbance occurs, these permits will include, but are not
limited to, an EPA NPDES Storm Water Construction General Permit and an appropriate
Massachusetts permit, where applicable. As part of the requirements for the Construction
General Permit, the Contractor shall file a Notice of Intent (NOI), as a co-permittee, as well as
comply with the conditions set forth in the site’s Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan
(SWPPP). Should the Contractor elect to prepare his/her own SWPPP, he/she shall file the
NOI within the required time prior to the start of construction to allow for review by the HU
EH&S Department. The preparation and filing shall be incorporated into the project schedule,
and no project time extensions will be granted. Preparation and submission of these documents
will be at the Contractor’s cost.
2. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining compliance with the SWPPP, and will be
responsible for conducting regular site storm water inspections as prescribed in the SWPPP and
further outlined in the applicable specifications and drawings included in the contract documents.
The following items shall be inspected during the course of Work:
a. The General Contractor must post the EPA Permit Number or the Notice of Intent
(NOI) form and the name of site contact person at the entrance to the construction site.
b. The General Contractor must provide a copy of the completed NOI and the Storm
Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) to the HUPM and HUEH&S.
c. The SWPPP is available on-site and is up-to-date.
d. The Contractor must adhere to the sequence of soil activities identified in the SWPPP.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 34
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
e. The General Contractor must report releases of hazardous substances to the HUPM
and HUEH&S who will evaluate the release and provide notification to EPA and/or
MassDEP, if applicable.

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


f. The General Contractor must record the dates of major construction activities
involving grading, stabilization, and work suspension.
g. The General Contractor must demonstrate that inspections of storm water control
measures and discharge points are being performed by qualified personnel as stated in
the SWPPP.
h. The General Contractor or his designee has completed, signed, and maintained
inspection reports with the SWPPP that identify the dates of inspection, weather
conditions, findings, and corrective actions.
i. When an inspection indicates that an amendment to the SWPPP is necessary, the
General Contractor has revised the SWPPP within 7 days of the inspection and
provided updates to the HUPM and HUEH&S.
In addition, the Contractor must ensure the following:
j. Disturbed areas have been stabilized.
k. Storm drains have been protected.
l. Materials stockpiles have been stabilized or isolated.
m. Sediment/debris is not present or visible at drains or discharge locations.
n. There is no evidence of sediment or loose gravel from site entrance onto the street.
o. Chemicals or oils are not stored near storm drains/discharge locations/surface waters.
p. BMPs (e.g. filter fabric, hay bales, silt fencing) are adequately maintained.
q. Sediment ponds/traps are not filled beyond half capacity.
Upon completion of work, the Contractor must file for a Notice of Termination (NOT) and
provide all associated documentation to the HUPM and HUEH&S.

O. Solid Waste Management

1. It is the University’s goal to salvage and recycle as much non-hazardous demolition and
construction debris as possible. Materials that have the potential to be recycled and that should
be considered for reuse or recycling prior to disposal include such construction and demolition
materials as the following:
a. Asphaltic concrete paving
b. Concrete and concrete reinforcing steel
c. Brick and concrete masonry units (uncoated)
d. Wood studs, wood joists, plywood, oriented strand board, paneling and trim (uncoated)
e. Casework and cabinetry
f. Structural steel, miscellaneous steel and rough hardware
g. Roofing
h. Insulation
i. Doors, door frames and door hardware (non lead-based paint coated)
j. Windows and glazing
k. Metal studs
l. Gypsum board (new unpainted scrap)
m. Acoustical tile and panels
n. Carpet and carpet pad
o. Demountable partitions
p. Equipment for re-use
q. Plumbing fixtures, piping, supports, hangers, valves and sprinklers
r. Mechanical equipment and refrigerants
s. Electrical conduit, copper wiring, lighting fixtures, lamps, and ballasts
t. Electrical devices, switchgear, panel boards and transformers
u. Packaging: 100 percent of the following uncontaminated packaging materials: Paper,
cardboard, boxes, plastic sheet/film, polystyrene packaging, wood crates, plastic pails
2. All construction and demolition debris shall be handled in accordance with MassDEP’s land ban
for solid waste disposal and shall meet the MassDEP’s Massachusetts Solid Waste Master Plan:
2006 Revision dated June 2006. It is the General Contractor’s responsibility to ensure that the
solid wastes shipped are not hazardous waste.
3. The General Contractor shall develop a Waste Management Plan consisting of waste
identification, waste reduction, source segregation, and cost/benefit analysis. Include separate

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 35
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
sections in the plan for demolition and construction waste. Indicate quantities by weight
throughout the Waste Management Plan.
a. Waste identification shall consist of anticipated types and quantities of demolition, site-

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


clearing and construction waste generated by the work and shall include estimated
quantities and assumptions for estimates.
b. The Waste Reduction Work Plan shall list each type of waste and whether it will be
salvaged, recycled, disposed in a landfill or incinerated. Include points of waste
generation, total quantity of each type of waste, quantity for each means of recovery,
and handling and transportation procedures.
c. The source segregation and cost/revenue analysis included in the Waste Management
Plan shall indicate total cost of waste disposal as if there was no Waste Management
Plan and net additional cost or net savings resulting from implementing the Waste
Management Plan.
4. The General Contractor’s (or University’s if designated by contract) designated waste
management Contractor shall provide containers, storage, signage, transportation, and other
items as required to implement Waste Management Plan during the entire duration of the
construction project.
5. The General Contractor shall be responsible for implementing, monitoring, and reporting status
of Waste Management Plan.
6. The General Contractor, as part of the Safety Orientation, shall train on-site personnel and
suppliers on proper waste management procedures, as appropriate for the Work.
7. All other requirements for salvaging demolition waste, recycling demolition and construction
waste, and disposal of waste are included in the Construction Waste Management Specification,
available through HUEH&S or Harvard Office for Sustainability.
8. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable laws, standards and guidance applicable to solid
waste, including but not limited to the Massachusetts Solid Waste Management Regulations at
310 CMR 19.000.
9. Except for items or materials to be salvaged, recycled, or otherwise reused, waste materials shall
be removed from the Project site and shall be legally disposed of at a landfill or incinerator
approved to accept such materials.
10. Burning of waste materials on-site is prohibited.

P. Wastewater Management

1. The General Contractor must identify all wastewater streams for the HUPM and HUEH&S and
assist in obtaining approval for appropriate discharge permits.
2. Harvard University’s wastewater discharge is regulated under a Sewer Use Discharge Permit
issued by the Massachusetts Water Resource Authority (MWRA). The discharge of any
wastewater must adhere to these permit requirements and MWRA Specific Prohibitions (360
CMR 10.00), which include but are not limited to the following:
a. No discharge of PCBs;
b. No discharge of mercury, silver or other metal-bearing wastewater;
c. No discharge of highly corrosive substances (pH < 5 or pH > 10.5);
d. No discharge of oils, fats, and greases above 300 milligrams per liter (mg/L); and
e. No discharge of flammable materials that could create a hazard for Harvard University
personnel or MWRA treatment works personnel.
3. The Contractor shall control groundwater levels, storm water runoff (refer to Section 8.M –
Storm Water Management), and wastewater generation during performance of the Work in
accordance with all applicable regulations and regulatory agencies. These agencies include but are
not limited to: MWRA (Sewer Use Discharge and Temporary Construction Site Dewatering); and
EPA NPDES (General Construction and Dewatering).
4. Each Contractor shall at all times protect excavations, trenches, buildings and materials, from
rain water, ground water, backup or leakage of sewers, drains and other piping, and from water of
any other origin and shall remove promptly any accumulation of water. Each Contractor shall
provide and operate all pumps, piping and other equipment necessary to this end.
5. Wastewater discharges at locations other than the Cambridge or Boston shall comply with the
discharge regulations of the municipality responsible for the area. Discharge of wastewater to the
on-site waste disposal systems at the Harvard Forest facility is prohibited.
6. Any discharge of prohibited substances under any circumstances must immediately be reported
to the HUPM and HUEH&S.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 36
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
Q. Water Use

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


1. No user shall knowingly allow water to leak or run to unnecessary waste.
2. Every user of the public water system or private water mains shall be subject to all federal, state,
and local regulations, including the Massachusetts Water Resources Authority (MWRA)
regulations, as they apply, and to any established permits, charges, rates, fees and assessments.
Where regulations contain conflicting requirements, the most stringent requirements shall apply.
3. Purified water from the public water system or private water mains shall be protected from
potential hazardous contamination through proper connections to the piping network. Required
protection may include installation of a backflow preventer under certain conditions.
4. The Contractor shall not operate any hydrants, valves, curb stops or corporations, nor shall they
draw any water from the system, without specific approval of the local authorities responsible for
such use. Only local authorities will operate valves, hydrants, corporations and curb stops unless
otherwise directed by the local authorities.
5. Water meters shall be installed on hydrants prior to site use. The Contractor shall consult with
the local authorities responsible for such use prior to hydrant operation (see above).
6. Water service and use may be further restricted under emergency conditions (e.g., drought,
hurricane, flood) that may endanger the adequacy of supply and/or the public health, safety and
welfare of the surrounding community.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 37
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
Section 9 – Equipment Safety
A. Definitions

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


1. Critical Lift. Any hoisting operation where the load weight exceeds 75% of the lifting device’s
net capacity, where hoisting over a publicly-occupied structure, where two lifting devices are used
in tandem to hoist a load, or where non-standard rigging practices are employed.
2. Gross Capacity. The capacity of a lifting device, excluding the weights of the main hook block,
auxiliary hook/block, slings and rigging, main/auxiliary wire rope from boom tip to block, the
stored jib weight, and the auxiliary boom head.
3. Net Capacity. The capacity of a lifting device, inclusive of the weights of the main hook block,
auxiliary hook/block, slings and rigging, main/auxiliary wire rope from boom tip to block, the
stored jib weight, and the auxiliary boom head.
4. Operator. The person(s) whose position/title/task assignment requires that he/she operate or
control a piece of equipment or tool.
5. Rigger. The person responsible for configuring and rigging a load to be hoisted, as listed in
Section 9.D below.
6. Signal (Tag)-Person. The person responsible for handling a hoisted load, whether through
physical contact, or communication with an equipment operator, as listed in Section 9.D below.

B. General Requirements

1. At a minimum, the use of equipment and tools shall comply with the recommendations and
requirements for safe use, as set forth by the manufacturer, or with the requirements set forth in
this Standard, whichever is more stringent.
2. Each Contractor whose employees are required to use equipment or tools as part executing their
assigned task(s) is required to have an equipment safety program, specific to type of equipment
or tool, which meets or exceeds the guidelines listed in this Standard. This program shall be part
of the Contractor’s HASP.
3. The employer’s Competent Person shall ensure that all Employees potentially exposed to
hazards associated with the use of equipment and tools possess the knowledge and skill required
to perform the duties for which they are assigned. In addition, a PTP shall be completed prior to
any operation, any equipment hazards shall be clearly identified, and hazard controls defined.
The PTP shall be reviewed with the work crews daily prior to the start of work, and where
conditions change.
4. It is the responsibility of each Contractor to ensure that all types of equipment are inspected
prior to use, as recommended by the manufacturer. It is the responsibility of the user of the
equipment or tool to conduct an inspection of the tool prior to its use, regardless of previous
inspections. Damaged equipment and tools shall be tagged out and removed from service, and
shall not be used until repairs have been made.
5. Each piece of motorized equipment shall be inspected by the owner or renter of the equipment
(i.e. not only the rental company) prior to entry onto the project. An inspection sticker or report
will be placed onto the equipment, in a visible location. At a minimum, the inspection shall
document the presence/functionality/condition (if applicable) of the emergency brake, rollover
protection, falling object protection, machine guarding, exhaust scrubber, steps to cab or engine,
turn signals, lights, backup alarm, windshield/glass condition, anti-two block device, load chart,
cable condition, drums/sheaves/sheave pins/pulleys, fire extinguisher, seat belts, as well as
manufacturer-listed safety items. The inspection sticker/report shall show the date of inspection
and the name, company, and title of the inspector.
6. Fall protection is required for all maintenance/set-up activities where Employees are exposed to
falls equal to or greater than six feet.
7. The use of University-owned or rented equipment/tools by non-University employees is
strictly prohibited without prior written consent and appropriate training.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 38
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
C. Aerial Lifts

1. The use of all types of aerial lifts shall comply with OSHA 29CFR Part 1926.453, at a minimum.

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


2. Training, by a person qualified on the subject matter, shall be provided for all Employees
required to operate or work in or from aerial lifts. Training shall include the following, at a
minimum:
a. The nature of hazards associated with the operation and use of the specific model being
utilized;
b. Pre-use inspection and maintenance requirements associated with the specific model
being utilized;
c. The proper operation and use of controls for the specific model being utilized;
d. The nature of electrical hazards, including overhead lines, in the work area;
e. Fall protection requirements for the equipment being utilized;
f. The nature of falling object hazards associated with the use of aerial lifts;
g. The nature of pinch point hazards associated with the use of aerial lifts, specifically the
placement of hands and arms when the aerial lift is being operated; and
h. The maximum allowable load rating, including personnel and materials for the specific
model being utilized.
3. Operators and occupants of aerial lifts shall carry verification of the aforementioned training
while utilizing aerial lifts. This verification shall be produced upon request.
4. The hazards and hazard controls associated with the use of aerial lifts, specific to the operation at
hand, shall be documented as part of the Pre-Task Plan (PTP), and shall be reviewed with the
workforce prior to commencement of activities.
5. Aerial lifts shall be inspected by the operator each day prior to use, in accordance with the
manufacturer’s requirements. This inspection will be posted on the aerial lifts (see Section 9.B –
Equipment Inspections). Aerial lifts not meeting inspection criteria shall be immediately taken
out of service, locked, and tagged out, until appropriate repairs have been made.
6. Any person observed utilizing an aerial lift in an unsafe manner shall be cause for the Foreman
or supervisor to immediately halt the operation of the aerial lift, and conduct re-training, at a
minimum. Training or re-training is the responsibility of the employer.
7. The area(s) below the basket or platform of aerial lifts shall be cordoned off using DANGER
tape. Danger signs informing project personnel of the overhead hazard shall be posted at the
area perimeter.
8. Any aerial lift operating on inclined/declined surfaces (within the manufacturer’s allowable
conditions) shall have its wheels chocked to prevent movement.
9. Aerial lifts shall not be used to hoist/raise/position materials outside of the basket or platform.
The sum weight of all tools/materials/personnel shall not exceed the maximum load rating for
the equipment.
10. Operators or occupants shall not exit the basket or platform of an aerial lift when in the raised
position, unless ALL of the following criteria are met:
a. The platform must rest on a stable surface;
b. 100% fall protection must be available and utilized;
c. The manufacturer does not disallow use of the equipment for this purpose.
11. Modifications to aerial lifts are allowed only with the written, explicit approval of the
manufacturer or manufacturer’s authorized representative.

D. Cranes and Hoisting Equipment

1. General Requirements
a. At a minimum, the use, inspection, set-up, and maintenance of cranes and hoisting
equipment shall comply with 29CFR Part 1926.550, ANSI B30.3-2004 or B30.5-2007
(for the respective crane-type), and the manufacturer’s recommendations and
requirements.
b. The hoist path for all hoisting operations shall be pre-determined, and coordinated with
the project Contractors to ensure that adequate clearance is given around hoisting
operations. This is the responsibility of the General Contractor, in coordination with
the Contractor performing the hoisting operation.
c. No load shall be hoisted above any site personnel or critical equipment (e.g. storage
tanks, emergency generators, etc.).

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 39
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
d. All crane lines, including main and auxiliary lines, shall have an anti-two block device
attached. Pile-driving and clam-shelling rigs are excluded from this requirement.
e. All safety devices (anti-two blocks, limits, etc) shall be tested prior to each shift, as part

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


of the equipment inspection.
f. All loads shall have tag lines attached in order to control the load, unless it is
determined that tag lines pose a greater risk to the safety of the load (i.e. entanglement
of the tag line). NOTE: It is assumed that tag lines are feasible, and that entanglement
hazards can be minimized through coordination of the hoisting path.
g. Tag lines shall consist of a minimum 5/8” rope, and shall be free of knots. Tag lines
shall be of sufficient length to maintain control of the load where there is any potential
for striking either the boom or a fixed object.
h. Suspended loads shall not be left unattended, nor shall loads be suspended overnight.
i. Clear communication between the operator and the signal person shall be maintained at
all times during hoisting operations. The method(s) of communication shall be pre-
determined and agreed upon by the operator and signal-person. Only one signal person
shall signal a crane at a time.
j. The erection, jumping, and dismantling of tower and gantry cranes of all types requires a
written procedure, compliant with the manufacturer’s recommendations and
requirements. This procedure must be submitted to the General Contractor and
Project Safety Manager for review and approval prior to commencement of activities.
2. Pre-Lift Considerations
a. Operators of cranes and motorized hoisting equipment shall possess a Commonwealth
of Massachusetts – Department of Public Safety Hoisting License, for the type of
equipment that they operate. Any crane operator on site for more than five working
days shall possess a certification from the National Commission for Certification of
Crane Operators (NCCCO) for the type of crane that he/she operates. Documentation
of these licenses/certifications shall be submitted to the Project Safety Manager prior
to the use of the hoisting equipment.
b. All hoisting activities, other than critical lifts, require the completion of a Crane Hoist
Plan. The Crane Hoist Plan shall be submitted to the Project Safety Manager as part
of the PTP for the operation. At a minimum, the items listed in Appendix H – Crane
Hoist Plan Form, shall be addressed.
c. All hoisting activities that meet the definition of a Critical Lift require the completion of
a Critical Lift Plan. The Critical Lift Plan shall be submitted to the Project Safety
Manager as part of the PTP for the operation. At a minimum, the Critical Lift Plan
shall address the items listed in Appendix I – Critical Lift Plan Form.
d. No hoisting operation shall be permitted when wind gusts or sustained winds are equal
to or greater than thirty (30) MPH, or when they exceed the manufacturer’s
recommendations, load chart, or Critical Lift Plan, whichever is more stringent.
3. Set-Up
a. Cranes and hoisting equipment shall be set up on a firm, supporting surface. This
surface shall be in compliance with the manufacturer’s recommendations for the type of
equipment and configuration used. Sub-surface conditions (i.e. presence of ductbanks,
tanks, tunnels, etc.) must be assessed as part of the PTP.
b. Cribbing shall be placed beneath the outriggers of all cranes. Cribbing shall be at least
three (3) times the size of the outrigger pad, and shall consist of solid members. No
voids shall be present beneath or between the cribbing.
c. The crane or hoisting equipment shall be level within one (1) degree, or within the
manufacturer’s specifications, whichever is more stringent. The levelness shall be
rechecked at least three (3) times during the course of the work shift. If during any of
the levelness inspections, the crane or hoisting equipment is out of level greater than
one (1) degree, the hoisting operation shall immediately halt, and the cause shall be
determined and rectified. Re-leveling the outriggers alone is not considered an
appropriate response.
d. The swing radius shall be free and clear of obstructions, and shall be cordoned off using
either danger tape or high-visibility flagging and signs.
4. Inspection
a. Each crane, including pile driving rigs, shall have been inspected within the last year by
an independent, 3rd-party inspection agency. The agency may not be under the control
or ownership of the crane owner, and must be recognized and accredited through the

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 40
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
OSHA Maritime Crane Accreditation and Certification Program
(www.osha.gov/dts/maritime/compliance/cranes.html), or by a Certified Crane
Surveyor as certified through the Crane Certification Association of America

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


(www.ccaaweb.net) or approved by HUEH&S.
b. The inspection shall be submitted to the Project Safety Manager prior to its use on
site. For lattice-boom or tower cranes, this inspection shall be completed after
the crane’s set-up on the project. NOTE: Accommodations shall be made so that
all crane parts/pieces (e.g. boom sections) can be inspected while at ground level.
c. Each crane or hoisting equipment shall be inspected by the operator after set-up and
prior to its initial lift, before each shift, and after any malfunction. This inspection shall,
at a minimum, comply with the manufacturer’s inspection guidelines, and shall be
documented. All inspection documentation shall be maintained on the project.
d. If a near miss, incident, or unplanned event occurs at any time during the course of
work, the hoisting operation shall halt, and the crane or hoisting shall be re-inspected.
If crane tipping, shock-loading, side-loading, boom contact with any object, or
drum/sheave binding occurs, the crane shall be taken out of service, and re-inspected
by a certified, independent testing agency.
5. Load Rating and Capacity
a. The load weight shall not exceed seventy-five percent (75) % of the crane’s net capacity,
considering the boom length, angle, and load radius. For hoisting operations that will
exceed this capacity, a Critical Lift Plan must be completed.
b. Computerized or electronic capacity-indicating or load-indicating devices, whether
integral to the crane or not, shall not be used to determine the capacity of the crane.
These instruments shall only be used to verify and confirm the capacities listed on the
load chart.
c. The crane’s capacity shall be determined using the shortest tipping access (e.g. over the
side) that will be encountered during the hoisting operation. The Crane Hoist Plan shall
reflect this.
d. The use of any outrigger configuration other than fully-extended is not allowed unless
the manufacturer specifically allows otherwise, and a load chart is supplied for the
configuration. Where outriggers are used in other than the fully-extended position, and
where the manufacturer does not recognize its use, capacities shall be based on the ‘on-
rubber’ load rating.
e. Where actual boom length falls between lengths shown on load chart, the Crane Hoist
Plan shall be based on the next longer boom length.
f. Where actual boom angle falls between angles shown on the load chart, the Crane Hoist
Plan shall be based on the next shorter boom angle.
g. Where the actual load radius falls between the radii shown on the load chart, the Crane
Hoist Plan shall be based on the next longer load radius.
6. Operator Responsibilities (minimum)
a. The operator is responsible for proper crane mobilization, set-up, inspection, use, and
ensuring that the crane’s capacity is within the tolerances prescribed above.
b. The operator must be involved in the pre-planning effort, including information
required to complete the Crane Hoist Plan/Critical Lift Plan. The operator shares in
the responsibility to ensure that the load(s) are properly rigged, the hoisting path is clear,
and the communication from/to the tag person is clear and understood.
c. The operator must not engage in any activity that may divert his/her attention from the
hoisting operation (e.g. talking on a cellular phone, etc.).
d. The operator is responsible to immediately halt the hoisting operation if any condition
or circumstance presents itself that may jeopardize the safety of personnel or property,
or the integrity of the crane or hoisting equipment.
7. Rigger Responsibilities (minimum)
a. The rigger is responsible for the daily inspection of rigging equipment, and for the
proper configuration/use of rigging equipment for hoisting operations.
b. The rigger is responsible for knowing and identifying the weight of items to be hoisted,
and for ensuring that the rigging used is of sufficient capacity.
c. If defects/damages are observed in any of the rigging equipment used, the rigger is
responsible for removing this equipment from service.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 41
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
d. The rigger is responsible for immediately halting the hoisting operation if any condition
or circumstance presents itself that may jeopardize the safety of personnel or property,
or the integrity of the crane or hoisting equipment.

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


8. Signal-Person (Tag-Person) Responsibilities (minimum)
a. The signal-person is responsible for ensuring that the hoist path remains free and clear
of obstructions and that no personnel are allowed to walk or work under a hoisted load.
b. The signal person is responsible for ensuring that the signaling method used between
him/herself and the operator is appropriate and agreed upon, and for maintaining
constant communication with the operator.
c. The signal-person is responsible for immediately halting the hoisting operation if any
condition or circumstance presents itself that may jeopardize the safety of personnel or
property, or the integrity of the crane or hoisting equipment.
d. The operator must not engage in any activity that may divert his/her attention from the
hoisting operation (e.g. talking on a cellular phone, etc.).

E. Elevators and Personnel Hoists

1. At a minimum, the use, inspection, set-up, and maintenance of personnel hoists shall comply
with 29CFR Part 1926.552, ANSI A10.4-196, and the manufacturer’s recommendations and
requirements.
2. Prior to installation of a personnel hoist, a review shall be conducted by a Commonwealth of
Massachusetts-Registered Professional Engineer. The review shall specifically include the
foundation requirements and structural connection details. The Engineer’s report shall be
submitted to the General Contractor, hoist erector, and project structural engineer for review.
3. An erection, dismantling, and inspection plan shall be submitted to the General Contractor
prior to commencement of these activities. The plan shall include, at a minimum, the procedures
required to erect/dismantle/inspect the hoist, a list of the qualified individuals who will perform
the work, a hoisting plan, and fall protection procedures to be employed.
4. Riding on top of the car is not permitted except during the erection, dismantling, and inspection
operations. During these periods, the car may only be operated by the person(s) on the top of
the car. Operation of the car from inside the cab is not allowed.
5. The designated operator(s) shall be trained in the use, daily inspection and maintenance, and
emergency procedures associated with the operation of the personnel hoist. This training shall be
conducted by the manufacturer or his designee, documented, and a copy shall be provided to the
General Contractor upon completion. Untrained operators shall not operate the hoist.
6. For permanent elevator construction, the false car or temporary platform will be enclosed on all
sides by guardrails and toeboards, in compliance with 29CFR Part 1926.502. A removable front
rail shall be provided on the car to provide access onto and off of the car.
7. For permanent elevator construction, any side or sides of the false car/temporary platform where
potential pinch points or struck by hazards, including counterweight rails and car rails (at rollers)
shall be enclosed and protected. Where these protective devices must be removed to perform
work, the car shall be locked and tagged out prior to removal, in accordance with Section 5 –
Control of Hazardous Energy.
8. For permanent elevator construction, a falling object protection system, consisting of a minimum
of ¾” plywood and 2” framing, shall be installed above the car, and shall extend at least to the
perimeter of the car floor.
9. Following erection or installation, the hoist or elevator shall be inspected by the manufacturer or
his designee, and shall be documented. This inspection report shall be submitted to the General
Contractor upon completion.

F. Hand and Power Tools

1. At a minimum, the use, inspection, set-up, and maintenance of hand and power tools shall
comply with 29CFR Part 1926.300 through 1926.307 (or other applicable standard), and the
manufacturer’s recommendations and requirements.
2. The hazards and hazard controls associated with the use of hand and power tools, specific to the
operation at hand, shall be documented as part of the PTP, and shall be reviewed with the
workforce prior to commencement of activities.
3. Operators of tools and equipment must be thoroughly knowledgeable and fully understand the
proper use, inspection, maintenance requirements, and hazards associated with that tool/piece of

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 42
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
equipment. It is the responsibility of the Foreman or supervisor to ensure that the operator is
competent prior to use. Where the operator does not demonstrate a thorough knowledge and
understanding of the tool/equipment, a formal training session shall be conducted by the

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


employer. This training shall be documented.
4. At a minimum, all tools and equipment shall be inspected prior to use by the operator. Any tool
or piece of equipment found to be defective or damaged shall be removed from service.
5. All tools and equipment that use a toggle switch to power on and off shall be equipped with an
emergency shut-off switch (push-stop or equivalent), whether standard or manufacturer-
approved retro-fit. This includes, but is not limited to table saws, masonry saws, and portable
cement mixers.
6. Where the manufacturer requires or recommends the use of guarding (e.g. hand-held grinders,
table saws, etc.) for employee protection, the equipment/tool shall not be used without the
guard. Where it is necessary to remove a guard on a table saw, the PTP shall specifically address
the requirements for employee protection (e.g. use of a ‘push-stick’).

G. Heavy Equipment

1. At a minimum, the operation, inspection, set-up, and maintenance of heavy equipment shall
comply with 29CFR Part 1926.600 through 1926.606, 520CMR6.00 through 6.11, and the
manufacturer’s recommendations and requirements.
2. Operators of heavy equipment shall possess a Commonwealth of Massachusetts – Department of
Public Safety Hoisting License, for the type of equipment that he/she operates. Operators of
equipment to which these licensing requirements do not apply, including motorized buggies,
aerial lifts, etc., shall be trained in accordance with the manufacturer’s requirements. This
training shall be documented and produced upon request.
3. The hazards and hazard controls associated with the use of heavy equipment, specific to the
operation at hand, shall be documented as part of the PTP, and shall be reviewed with the
workforce prior to commencement of activities.
4. Any person observed utilizing a piece of equipment in an unsafe manner shall be cause for the
Foreman or supervisor to immediately halt the operation of the equipment, and conduct re-
training, at a minimum. Training or re-training is the responsibility of the employer.
5. Operators are required to wear seat belts at all times on equipment provided with such.
6. The operator is responsible for proper equipment mobilization, set-up, inspection, and use.
7. The operator must not engage in any activity that may divert his/her attention from the
operation of the equipment (e.g. talking on a cellular phone, etc.).
8. The operator is responsible for immediately halting the operation of the equipment if any
condition or circumstance presents itself that may jeopardize the safety of personnel or property,
or the integrity of the equipment.
9. Ground personnel working around heavy equipment shall wear a high-visibility, reflective vest at
all times.
10. Where heavy equipment moves forward and backward frequently, or where equipment enters
and exits an area frequently, a designated walkway or path around this area shall be provided for
site personnel not directly involved with the operation. Where this is not feasible, a full time
spotter shall be used to direct the equipment and personnel.
11. Passengers or riders are not allowed on heavy equipment, unless specifically designed to do so.

H. Ladder Safety

1. At a minimum, the use, inspection, and set-up of ladders shall comply with 29CFR Part
1926.1053, and the manufacturer’s recommendations and requirements.
2. The employer’s Competent Person shall ensure that all Employees potentially exposed to
hazards associated with ladders possess the knowledge and skill required to perform the duties
for which they are assigned. In addition, a PTP shall be completed prior to any operation, any
ladder-use hazards shall be clearly identified, and hazard controls defined. The PTP shall be
reviewed with the work crews daily prior to the start of work, and where conditions change.
3. Portable ladders shall be Type IA (300 pound), minimum. Job-made ladders shall be constructed
in accordance with ANSI A14.4-1979. Aluminum or metal ladders are not allowed on
construction sites, except where the ladder is a fixed ladder, or part of a scaffold system. Use of
aluminum extension ladders is allowed only for exterior work (e.g. painting or other similar short-

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 43
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
term activity) on existing structures where the Contractor can demonstrate that no potential
electrical hazards exist, and the use of scaffolding or aerial lifts is not feasible as an alternative.
4. Ladders shall be inspected daily prior to use by the employee using the ladder. Ladders used by

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


the general workforce (i.e. access ladders and job-made ladders) shall be inspected by the
General Contractor or owner of the ladder. Ladders shall be inspected for damage, defects,
wear, and cracks at least weekly. Damaged or defective ladders shall be tagged or marked as
such, and shall be removed from service by the inspector.
5. Work Practices (NOTE: Work practices and ladder use/set-up shall also comply with Sections
11.K and 11.L of this Standard):
a. When ascending or descending, the employee shall face the ladder, and shall maintain
three points of contact. Where tools or materials must be carried, they shall be carried
in a tool belt/pouch, or shall be hoisted using a rope or handline.
b. Employees must always work facing the ladders, and shall not straddle the ladder.
c. Employees working from ladders must maintain their center of gravity (mid-section)
between the vertical rails of the ladder. Where this is not feasible, the requirements of
Section 11.K shall apply.
d. Stepladders shall be used in the fully open position, and placed on a firm, stable level.
e. Stepladders shall not be used to access higher or lower levels, whether the ladder is fully
open or not. Job-made, fixed, or straight/extension ladders shall be used to access
higher or lower levels. NOTE: See Section 11.L for ladder opening requirements.
f. Straight/Extension and job-made ladders shall be secured at top and base when used to
access higher or lower levels.
g. Straight/Extension ladders shall be set at an angle of approximately seventy-five (75)
degrees off horizontal when in use.
h. Extension ladders sections shall not be separated and used independently.
i. Ladders shall not be placed in front of doors or gates unless the door/gate is blocked
open, locked (with signs placed), or guarded. Means of egress and travelways shall not
be blocked without the consent and coordination of the General Contractor, or in the
case of existing buildings, the consent of the General Contractor in consultation with
the HUPM.
j. Stepladders shall not be ‘walked’ or moved while employees are on the ladder.

I. Motor Vehicles and Jobsite Transportation Rules

1. At a minimum, the use, inspection, and operation of all motor vehicles shall comply with 29CFR
Part 1926.601(b), and the manufacturer’s recommendations and requirements.
2. The operator must not engage in any activity that may divert his/her attention from the
operation of the vehicle (e.g. talking on a cellular phone, etc.).
3. All operators and passengers of motor vehicles are required to wear seat belts at all times while
the vehicle is being operated.
4. The maximum speed limit on campus projects is five (5) miles per hour (MPH).
5. Transportation of persons in the back of pick-up trucks is prohibited.
6. Motor vehicles shall not be used to transport compressed gas bottles on the project site, unless
the bottles can be positively secured in the upright position.
7. Motor vehicles shall not be used to pull or tow unless the vehicle and attachments are specifically
designed to do so.

J. Powder-Actuated Tools

1. At a minimum, the use, inspection, and operation of powder-actuated tools shall comply with
29CFR Part 1926.302(e), ANSI A10.3-1970, and the manufacturer’s recommendations.
2. The hazards and hazard controls associated with the use of powder-actuated tools, specific to the
operation at hand, shall be documented as part of the PTP, and shall be reviewed with the
workforce prior to commencement of activities.
3. The substrate (e.g. concrete slab, steel, etc.) where powder-actuated fasteners are to be set shall
be assessed against the type of fastener and the rating of the charge to ensure that it is
appropriate for the application. This is the responsibility of the employer’s Competent Person.
Documentation of this assessment shall be produced upon request.
4. The area(s) on the side opposite of the substrate to be fastened to shall be inspected by the
operator to ensure that no personnel are present. Where the substrate to be fastened to is any

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 44
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
material other than concrete or steel, the area(s) on the side opposite the substrate shall be
cordoned off to prevent entry. Danger signs warning personnel of the hazard shall be posted.
5. Operators of powder-actuated tools shall be trained in accordance with the manufacturer’s

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


requirements, and shall possess a valid training card for the particular make/model being used.
Documentation of training shall be carried by the operator, and shall be produced upon request.
6. The tool and all associated safety devices shall be inspected and tested each day prior to loading
in accordance with the manufacturer’s equipment inspection and testing guidelines.
7. Operators of powder-actuated tools shall don, at a minimum, safety glasses and a faceshield or
tight-fitting protective goggles, and hearing protection, in addition to other project-required
protective equipment.
8. The operator of the tool shall ensure that no other unprotected Employees are present in the
immediate vicinity prior to firing.
9. Immediately prior to firing the tool, the operator shall, in a loud voice, say ‘FIRE’ or ‘FIRING’.
This will be repeated prior to each time the tool is fired.
10. Where a powder-actuated tool misfires, the operator shall not attempt to reuse the same firing
shot or cap. The shot/cap shall be replaced, or the strip shall be forwarded.
11. Spent or misfired shots/caps shall be placed into a container of water as they are generated, and
disposed of properly at the end of the shift. Spent or misfired shots/caps shall not be thrown or
placed on the floor.

K. Rigging Equipment

1. At a minimum, the use and inspection of rigging equipment shall comply with 29CFR Part
1926.251 and the manufacturer’s recommendations and requirements.
2. The hazards and hazard controls associated with the use of rigging equipment, specific to the
operation at hand, shall be documented as part of the PTP, and shall be reviewed with the
workforce prior to commencement of activities.
3. All rigging equipment shall be visually inspected prior to its use by a Competent Person
designated by the employer. Defective and/or worn equipment shall be removed from service.
4. A formal, documented rigging inspection and inventory shall be conducted at least weekly by the
Competent Person. This documentation shall be retained on the project by the Contractor,
and shall be produced upon request.
5. Custom-designed or shop-fabricated lifting devices or rigging equipment, including scale pans
and hoisting buckets, shall be designed by a Massachusetts-registered Professional Engineer and
shall be proof-tested to at least one-hundred and fifty percent (150%) of its rated capacity. The
proof test shall be documented, including the test date, the name of the person overseeing the
test, the configuration of the rigging during the test, a description of the load lifted and its weight,
and the amount of time the device/equipment was subjected to the test weight. The proof test
shall have been conducted within the last year.
6. The rated capacity shall be permanently affixed to the custom-designed or shop-fabricated lifting
devices or rigging equipment.
7. Where lifting eyes or loops are provided on the equipment or material to be hoisted, slings shall
not be choked directly to the lifting eye or loop. Shackles or hooks shall be used.
8. All hooks shall have a self-closing safety latch which prevents attached slings from becoming
inadvertently freed.

L. Rotating and Non-Rotating Laser Use

1. At a minimum, the use and inspection of lasers, both rotating and stationary, shall comply with
29CFR Part 1926.54, ANSI Z136.1-2007, and the manufacturer’s recommendations. The
owner’s manual shall be kept with the equipment, and shall be produced upon request.
2. Laser users shall be trained and certified for the class of laser he or she is using. Proof of
qualification shall be maintained on the user, and shall be produced upon request.
3. Where Class II or more powerful lasers are used, appropriate laser warning placards shall be
conspicuously posted on the equipment, and laser warning signs shall be posted in the area where
the beam reaches/affects.
4. Where a certain model or class laser requires the use of a specific eye protection for protection
against direct or reflected laser light, this operation shall be conducted only in an area where
access is restricted to only the user(s), or shall be done off-hours.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 45
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
Section 10 – Excavation and Trenching
A. Definitions

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


1. Excavation. Any operation involving digging, blasting, augering, boring, drilling, pile driving,
grading, plowing in, hammering, jacking, trenching, tunneling, demolition, or any other activity
involving breaking or displacement of earth below grade.

B. General Requirements

1. All excavation and trenching work and practices shall, at a minimum, comply with OSHA29CFR
Part 1926.650 through 1926.652, including all appendices, and 520 CMR 14.00.
2. Each Contractor requiring employees to work in or around excavations is required to have an
excavation and trenching safety program, specific to that Contractor’s operations, which meets
or exceeds the guidelines listed in this Standard. This program shall be part of the Contractor’s
HASP.
3. The employer’s Competent Person shall ensure that all Employees potentially exposed to
excavation or trenching hazards possess the knowledge and skill required to perform the duties
for which they are assigned. In addition, a PTP shall be completed prior to any operation,
hazards shall be clearly identified, and hazard controls defined. The PTP shall be reviewed with
the work crews daily prior to the start of work, and where conditions change.

C. Pre-Excavation Requirements

1. Dig Safe, Inc. shall be contacted prior to excavation, at any depth or by any means, at least three
(3) days prior to the anticipated commencement of excavation activities. Notification shall
comply with 220CMR99.00 – Commonwealth of Massachusetts Dig Safe Rules, and MGL c.82,
s.40 – Dig Safe Law. Dig Safe, Inc. can be contacted at (888) DIGSAFE or at
www.digsafe.com.
2. Prior to excavation, the excavation Contractor shall obtain an excavation permit from city or
town, in accordance with 520 CMR 14.00, Excavation and Trench Safety.
3. Utility markings set by the utility owner or company shall be maintained through the completion
of excavation activities. Where utility markings will be disturbed or removed as part of the
excavation or other construction activities, the Contractor shall establish off-set marks to
maintain the exact location of the utility.
4. Where utility owners or companies do not mark utility locations under the Dig Safe requirements
(e.g. private land boundaries, etc.), the Contractor is responsible for accurately determining the
location of underground structures and utilities using detection equipment. The use of as-built or
utility drawings alone is not considered sufficient for marking underground structures or utilities.
The General Contractor shall coordinate with Harvard University Engineering and Utilities,
through the HUPM, for excavations at locations where Dig Safe requirements do not apply.
5. The location of underground structures and utilities, including the location(s) of shut-off
valves/switches/devices, and the owners/contact information of these utilities shall be shown on
a set of as-built drawings. The as-built drawing shall remain in the possession of the Competent
Person during all excavation activities, and shall be immediately produced upon request or
during an emergency.
6. Where the exact location, depth, and/or routing of below-grade utilities or structures is not
clearly known, the contractor shall determine its location/depth/routing by non-intrusive
methods including, but not limited to, vacuum excavation, hand-digging, or ground penetrating
radar.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 46
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
D. Excavation Requirements

1. The Competent Person shall be present during all excavation activities. The Competent

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


Person is responsible for the following:
a. Soil classification using at least one manual and one visual test, as prescribed in 29CFR
Part 1926.650 – Appendix A – Soil Classification. NOTE: Classification of soils is not
required if the excavation activities assume the presence of Type C soils.
b. Pre-excavation determination of the protective systems to be employed during all
phases of excavation including sloping/benching, shielding, and/or shoring.
c. Conducting a formal, documented inspection of the excavation as it progresses, at least
once per shift for previously-opened excavations, after each rain or severe weather
event, and when existing conditions around the excavation change.
d. Assessment of potential atmospheric hazards prior to Employee entry. Where the
potential of atmospheric hazards exist, the excavation shall be treated as a confined
space, in accordance with Section 4 of this Standard.
2. The owner’s manual and owner’s tabulated data for all shoring and shielding equipment being
used shall be kept on the project, and shall be produced upon request.
3. Excavations six (6) feet or greater in depth require fall protection, in the form of guardrails,
around all openings. Guardrails shall be installed as the excavation progresses. Where
Employees must enter the area between the guardrails and the edge of the excavation, they shall
be protected by a personal fall arrest system. This requirement will not apply to excavations that
are sloped 1 ½: 1 (H: V).
4. The Contractor shall place detectable warning tape (i.e. metallic) above any newly installed
underground installation or utility. The tape shall warn future excavators of the presence of the
utility or installation, and shall be specific to the type of utility. The warning tape shall be buried
above the utility, no closer than twenty-four (24) inches above the top of the ductbank. If the
top of the ductbank is less than two feet below grade, a fixed warning system shall be placed at
grade. NOTE: Contractual requirements may differ. Where conflicts exist between contract
documents and this requirement, the more stringent shall apply.
5. Where existing underground utilities or installations are exposed or uncovered, the Contractor
shall, prior to backfill, replace and/or repair the existing utility warning system (i.e. tape,
ductbank markers, etc.) back to its original condition. Where no warning system is encountered
during the excavation, the requirements of D.4 above shall apply.

Best Practice
Plan excavations with meticulous detail, as excavations typically have a great impact on overall site
conditions. Identify, in advance of project work, the location of the excavation and the quantity of
excavated areas that will be allowed at any one time. Identify the type of protective system that will be
utilized (e.g. trench box vs. sloping), as this will greatly impact the quantity of excavated soils that may have
to be stockpiled on site (thereby cutting down the usable space on site). Include space for equipment to
move around the excavation, and identify how workers who are not involved with the excavation will
access the site or otherwise move around/across excavations. Many contractors have found that placing
these items (location, stockpile areas, equipment areas, etc.) onto a logistics drawing that is overlaid with
other site activities will greatly increase the level of coordination, and minimize impacts to the project.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 47
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
Section 11 – Fall Prevention and Protection
A. Definitions

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


1. Controlled Access Zone (CAZ). An area in which fall hazards are present, where access to the
area is limited to only those personnel required to perform the task at hand, and where personal
fall arrest systems or personal fall prevention systems are used in place of guardrails or covers.
2. Cover. A protective device positively secured over a hole or opening on a horizontal surface,
which once installed, prevents employees from falling through the hole or opening to a lower
level, or prevents materials from being dropped through the hole or opening to a lower level.
3. Feasible. As it applies to fall prevention and protection, feasible shall mean possible.
4. Floor Opening (Hole). Any gap, void, or opening in a floor, roof, or other horizontal surface
equal to or greater than two (2) inches in its least dimension.
5. Guardrail. A barrier erected in front of unprotected edges or around openings that prevents
employees from falling to lower levels. The term ‘guardrail’ includes top and mid-rails.
6. Horizontal Lifeline. A lifeline designed and installed in a horizontal manner, used as the
connection point for a personal fall arrest system.
7. Leading Edge. The edge of a floor, roof, or formwork for a floor or other walking/working
surface which changes location as additional floor/roof/decking/formwork is placed or
constructed.
8. Personal Fall Arrest System (PFAS). A system used to arrest an employee in a fall from a
working level.
9. Personal Fall Prevention System (PFPS). A system, used by an individual inside a controlled
access zone that does not allow the user to reach the unprotected edge. These are restraint
devices where the user is positively tethered to an anchorage point.
10. Safety Monitoring System. A system in which a Competent Person is responsible for
recognizing and warning employee of fall hazards.
11. Toeboard. A low protective barrier that will prevent the fall of materials and equipment to lower
levels and provide protection from falls for personnel.
12. Vertical Lifeline. A lifeline designed and installed in a vertical manner, used as the connection
point for a personal fall arrest system.
13. Wall Opening. Any gap or void twenty-two (22) inches or more high and twelve (12) inches or
more wide, in a wall or partition, through which employees can fall to a lower level. NOTE:
These numbers are more stringent than 29CFR Part 1926.500.
14. Warning Line. A barrier erected on a roof to warn employees that they are approaching an
unprotected side or edge, and which designates an area in which roofing work may take place
without the use of typical fall protection systems.

B. General Requirements

1. All work and practices shall comply with OSHA29CFR Part 1926.500 through 1926.503, and the
manufacturer’s requirements and recommendations for any equipment and tools used.
2. Each Contractor requiring employees to work in areas where fall and falling object hazards are
present are required to have a fall prevention and protection program, specific to that
Contractor’s operations, which meets or exceeds the guidelines listed in this Standard. This
program shall be part of the Contractor’s HASP.
3. Any person observed utilizing fall protection in an unsafe manner shall be cause for the
Foreman or supervisor to immediately halt the operation, and conduct re-training, at a
minimum. Training or re-training is the responsibility of the employer.
4. The employer’s Competent Person shall ensure that all Employees potentially exposed to fall
or falling object hazards possess the knowledge and skill required to perform the duties for which
they are assigned. In addition, a PTP shall be completed prior to any operation, any fall or falling
object hazards shall be clearly identified, and hazard controls defined. The PTP shall be reviewed
with the work crews prior to the start of work, and where conditions change. Where a PFAS is
used by employees, the Competent Person shall calculate the total fall distance to ensure that
employee will not contact levels or objects below the elevated surface.
5. Fall prevention or protection systems are required for all project Employees and trades that are
potentially exposed to falls equal to or greater than six (6) feet. NOTE: It is presumed by the

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 48
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
University that fall prevention and protection systems can be safely implemented, installed, and
used with proper planning and training.
6. Controlled access zones shall be separated from general work areas by means of guardrails

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


constructed in compliance with Section 11.F. The University does not recognize or allow the use
of rope/flagging/chain/etc. as a means for identifying controlled access zones. Danger signs
informing project personnel of the fall hazard and the requirement for PFAS use shall be posted
at the area perimeter.
7. Where a ladder or stairs are the only means for access into a controlled access zone (e.g. steel
erection decking area), danger signs informing project personnel of the fall hazard and the
requirement for PFAS use shall be posted at the ladder/stair access point.
8. The use of warning lines is only allowed for operations on low-sloped roofs. The warning line
shall be set no less than fifteen feet (15’) from the roof edge. Ladder or other access points from
the roof edge to the working area shall consist of guardrails (on both sides of the access walkway)
from the edge of the roof to the warning line. All other requirements shall comply with
29CFR1926.502. All employees working between the warning line and the roof edge shall be
protected from falling by means of a personal fall arrest or fall restraint system. Danger signs
indicating that fall protection is required shall be placed along the entire length of the control line
at intervals no less than ten (10) feet.
9. The use of safety monitoring systems is not allowed for fall protection purposes on roofs or in
any other location.

C. Elevators and Hoistways

1. Riding on top of the elevator or personnel hoist car is not permitted except during the erection,
dismantling, and inspection operations. The employee(s) on the top of the cab shall be protected
from falling by means of a guardrail. The employee on the top of the cab may utilize a PFAS
provided that the anchor point meets the requirements of 29CFR Part 1926.502 (d).
2. For permanent elevator construction, the false car or temporary platform will be enclosed on all
sides by guardrails and toeboards, in compliance with 29CFR Part 1926.502. A removable front
rail shall be provided on the car to provide access onto and off of the car.
3. For permanent elevator construction, a falling object protection system, consisting of a minimum
of ¾” plywood and 2” framing, shall be installed above the car, and shall extend at least to the
perimeter of the car floor.
4. Prior to commencement of permanent elevator construction, elevator shaft openings and
entryways shall be fully protected and enclosed from the floor to the top of the
opening/entryway using fire-retardant plywood doors and framing, or a combination of
removable guardrails and fire-retardant safety netting (full height). This protection shall be
installed after consultation with the contracted elevator constructor, and shall be installed so as
not to interfere with the permanent elevator door installation. This protection may be removed
upon completion of the permanent elevator doors and jambs.
5. All access doors and gates into elevator shafts shall swing open away from the shaft, and shall be
operable from both the inside and the outside of the shaft, but may be constructed so that the
elevator constructor can block the door (on the inside of the shaft) from being opened.

D. Excavations

1. Excavations six (6) feet or greater in depth require fall protection, in the form of guardrails,
around all openings. Guardrails shall be installed as the excavation progresses. Where
Employees must enter the area between the guardrails and the edge of the excavation, they shall
be protected by a personal fall arrest or prevention system and anchor point. This requirement
will not apply to excavations that are sloped at least 1 ½: 1 (H: V).

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 49
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
E. Falling Object Protection

1. All personnel working or walking on construction sites or designated construction areas are

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


required to wear hard hats compliant with ANSI Z89.1-1981. The brim of the hard hat shall face
forward when in use. Where other protective equipment is worn on the head, face, neck, eyes, or
ears, it shall not interfere with the fit or use of the hard hat. NOTE: General construction
support areas (e.g. construction trailers, break rooms, etc.) do not require the use of hard hats, so
long as overhead protection is provided, there are no falling object hazards present, and the area
has been designated by the General Contractor as a support area.
2. Where materials, debris tools, and/or equipment are stored or piled higher than the height of the
top edge of the toeboard, paneling or screening shall be installed from the top edge of the
toeboard to the top edge of the guardrail system. No material storage is allowed above the height
of the top rail of the guardrail system. NOTE: Equipment including scaffolding, aerial lifts,
material hoists, etc. must be designed or engineered to accept the weight and wind loads
associated with screening or paneling. This is the responsibility of the Contractor.
3. Where work is taking place in areas where no falling object protection is provided (e.g. steel
erection, bolting up, scaffold erection, guardrail installation, etc.), or where work is taking place at
or over the edge of the elevated work area, the area(s) below the work operation shall be
cordoned off with DANGER tape. Danger signs informing project personnel of the overhead
hazard shall be posted at the area perimeter. No personnel are allowed within the cordoned off
area(s). NOTE: The area to be cordoned off shall extend at least fifteen (15) feet from the
vertical plane of the elevated work area. The size of the cordoned off area must be assessed by
the Contractor, the contractor Safety Representative, and the Project Safety Manager to
ensure that it adequately protects all personnel and property below.
4. Where work must be performed above building entrances and exits, whether on the construction
site or part of a public area, canopies shall be installed and enclosed so as to fully protect
pedestrians from falling objects. This shall be done in conjunction with item E.2 above
(screening/paneling). These canopies shall be capable of withstanding the maximum forces that
could be applied from potential falling objects, considering the maximum fall distance from the
elevated work area to the canopy. This is the responsibility of the Contractor.
5. In areas adjacent to public walkways or travelways, canopies shall be installed and enclosed so as
to fully protect pedestrians and vehicles from falling objects. This shall be done in conjunction
with item E.2 above (screening/paneling). These canopies shall be capable of withstanding the
maximum forces that could be applied from potential falling objects, considering the maximum
fall distance from the elevated work area to the canopy. This is the responsibility of the
Contractor.

F. Guardrail Construction

1. Guardrail construction shall comply with the requirements listed in 29CFR Part 1926.502(b),
including Appendix B to Subpart M, at a minimum.
2. Guardrails shall be installed immediately following (or prior to, if possible) construction of the
walking or working surface. No trades or Employees, other than those directly involved in the
construction of the walking or working surface shall be allowed to access the walking/working
surface until the guardrail systems have been installed.
3. Where guardrails are installed at an elevation lower than the future finished floor elevation (i.e.
prior to placement of concrete slab over metal decking), the guardrail (top and mid-rail) height
shall be set so as to accommodate the finished floor elevation, so long as the top-rail height will
be maintained between thirty-nine (39) and forty-five (45) inches at both the unfinished and
finished floor elevations. Where this is not feasible, a second set of guardrails, set at a height
between 39 and 45 inches above the finished floor elevation, shall be installed prior to placement
of the finished floor system. The original set of guardrails shall not be removed until after the
finished floor system has been placed.
4. Where wire rope and steel stanchions are used for guardrail construction, the wire rope shall be at
least one-half (1/2) inch in diameter, or three-eighths (3/8) inch diameter for ‘aircraft cable’ (no
core). Turnbuckles shall be installed at all turns in the direction of the guardrail. At least three
(3) forged steel wire rope clips shall be installed on all eyelets. The use of lap joints is prohibited.
5. Employees shall not be allowed to use guardrails as an anchor point for personal fall arrest or
prevention systems, unless the guardrail system has been designed and engineered as such.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 50
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
G. Guardrail Removal Requirements

1. Where guardrails (or other barriers that serve as fall protection) must be removed, the General

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


Contractor shall issue a Guardrail Removal Permit.
2. The Guardrail Removal Program shall include a permit system where removal of guardrails is
controlled and overseen by the General Contractor. The Project Safety Manager must be
included as part of permit authorization process.
3. The Guardrail Removal Permit must address and identify the following:
a. The purpose for the guardrail removal, including duration;
b. The Contractor responsible for establishing a CAZ prior to guardrail removal;
c. The name of the Competent Person responsible for oversight of the operation;
d. The location of the guardrails to be removed;
e. A description of the fall prevention or protection systems to be utilized by the
employees working inside the CAZ, including anchorage points.
f. Permit approval (signature) block, including the Competent Person, and the General
Contractor’s Superintendent (general or area) and Project Safety Manager.
g. Permit closeout, including inspection of the re-installed guardrail system and sign-off by
the Competent Person.
4. Appendix J – Guardrail Removal Permit Form may be used to satisfy the requirements listed in
Sub-Section G.3 above.

H. Hoist Areas

1. Areas where equipment and materials are hoisted or loaded onto an elevated level from another
level, including below-grade hoisting operations, shall be designated as such by the General
Contractor. These hoist area requirements also apply to debris chutes.
2. Removable guardrails or lockable gates/doors shall be installed at each loading area. These
guardrails or gates/doors shall remain in place and secured when the loading area is not in use.
3. A CAZ, compliant with Sub-Section B.6 of this Section, shall be established far enough from the
loading area (i.e. edge of building) so that all materials/equipment hoisted in can be temporarily
stored within the CAZ, until such time as the guardrail or gate/door is re-secured at the loading
area.
4. Employees inside the CAZ shall be protected from falling by personal fall arrest or prevention
systems at all times when the guardrail or gate/door is removed.
5. The area(s) below the hoisting area shall be protected from falling object hazards in accordance
with Sub-Section E above.

I. Horizontal Openings (Holes)

1. Employees shall be protected from falling, tripping, and stepping into holes by means of
guardrails or covers.
2. Where guardrails or covers must be removed, a CAZ compliant with Sub-Section B.6 of this
Section shall be established around the hole prior removing the guardrail or cover.
3. Employees inside the CAZ shall be protected from falling by personal fall arrest or prevention
systems at all times when the guardrail or gate/door is removed.
4. The area(s) below the hole shall be protected from falling object hazards in accordance with Sub-
Section E above.
5. Covers shall be capable of supporting, without failure, at least twice the weight of employees,
equipment, and materials that may be imposed on the cover at any one time. No materials or
equipment shall be stored or placed on any cover or hole.
6. Covers shall be positively secured to prevent accidental displacement by wind, equipment, or
employees. Cleats secured to the cover do not constitute ‘positively secured’.
7. Covers shall be marked with the word ‘HOLE’ or ‘COVER’, and shall be re-marked as necessary
to ensure that the markings are clear and understood.
8. Where depressions or vertical projections in the walking/working surface exist, and cause an
elevation change greater than one-quarter (1/4) inch, these areas shall be covered to produce the
same elevation as the surrounding areas, or shall be ramped or beveled at a pitch that does not
interfere with pedestrian or equipment travel. Where these depressions or vertical projections
can not be covered/ramped/beveled, they shall be barricaded to prevent employees from walking
onto the fall hazard.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 51
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
J. Incidents Involving Falls

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


1. In the event that an employee falls, from any elevated height or at the same level, whether or not
the fall is arrested by a PFAS, a Post Incident Review Meeting, as outlined in Section 15.E, shall
be held by the General Contractor.
2. Following any incident involving a fall, whether or not injury or property damage is involved, the
HUPM shall be notified.

K. Ladder Use

1. Employees will be permitted to perform work from portable ladders without the use of fall
protection when all of the following criteria are met:
a. The working height of the employee (the step or rung height on which the employee is
standing) is less than ten (10) feet;
b. The work can be performed without the employee having to reach (i.e. the Employee’s
hips remain within the plane of the vertical side rails);
c. The ladder is properly tied off or in the case of a stepladder, the spreaders are fully
extended and locked;
d. The ladder is erected no closer than fifteen (15) feet from an open edge, window, hole,
or shaft, regardless of the presence or non-presence of guardrails, and;
e. The Employee can safely maintain three (3) points of contact continuously while
ascending or descending the ladder.

L. Ladder Openings

1. Guardrail openings at points of ladder access must be equipped with a gate or an offset opening
so that employees can not walk directly into the openings.
2. All ladder openings shall be equipped with a rope, secured at the top of the ladder or ladder
opening, to be used to manually hoist tools and materials up the ladder. The rope shall be
capable of supporting at least twice that maximum anticipated load that could be hoisted.
3. Ladders constructed and placed for use by more than one contactor (i.e. general-use access
ladders) shall be the type that allows the user to walk-through the rails at the top of the ladder.

M. Lifeline Use

1. All lifeline training, installation, and use shall be in strict compliance with the manufacturer’s
recommendations and requirements. The owner’s manual shall be kept on site at any time the
equipment is being used, and shall be produced upon request.
2. Vertical lifelines shall be connected to their anchor points with a locking, self-closing snap hook,
as defined in 29CFR Part 1926.500. Knots shall not be used to secure lifelines to anchor points.
3. Horizontal Lifelines shall be either part of a manufactured system, used in the manner for which
it was designed, or shall be designed by a Massachusetts-Registered Professional Engineer.
Documentation of this design shall be kept on site at any time the equipment is being used, and
shall be produced upon request.
4. All horizontal lifelines are to be installed and used under the supervision of a qualified person.

N. Rescue Provisions and Plan

1. Each operation that involves the use of personal fall arrest systems shall be assessed for rescue
needs, should the user of the PFAS fall. Rescue provisions shall be documented on the PTP, and
shall be reviewed with the entire crew as part of the PTP meeting.
2. Where self-rescue is utilized as an option, a secondary rescue plan shall be provided, in the event
that the Employee is unable to self-rescue (i.e. unconscious or incapacitated).

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 52
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
O. Roofing Activities

1. Where work is performed on or from a roof, roof area, terrace, or similar with unprotected sides

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


and edges six (6) feet or more above lower levels, employees shall be protected by a guardrail
system or personal fall arrest or prevention system.
2. Where roofing activities are conducted on roofs without parapets, or where work is conducted
within six (6) of a roof edge, the area(s) below the roof shall be protected in accordance with
Sub-Section E of this Section.

P. Scaffolding

1. Fall protection requirements for scaffolds shall comply with the requirements outlined in 29CFR
Part 1926.450 through 1926.452, and the manufacturer’s recommendations and requirements,
except as noted below.
2. Where work is performed on or from any type of temporary elevated platform, supported or
suspended, including its supporting structure with unprotected side and edges six (6) feet or more
above lower levels, employees shall be protected by a guardrail system or personal fall arrest or
prevention system. This requirement also pertains to scaffold erection and dismantling.
3. Cross braces on scaffolds shall not be considered a top or mid-rail, regardless of the intersection
height.
4. The Competent Person shall clearly identify acceptable anchor points and train employees
required to don personal fall arrest or prevention systems on a scaffold.
5. No employees shall be permitted to enter the area at the base of the scaffold, or beneath any
other overhead operation on scaffolding, particularly where outriggers are used. The area
beneath the scaffold shall be protected in accordance with Sub-Section E of this Section.
6. Ladders or stairs shall be provided to access all levels of scaffolds where the change in elevation
is equal to or greater than nineteen (19) inches.

Q. Stairways

1. Stairway construction and use shall comply with the requirements outlined in 29CFR Part
1926.1050 through 1926.1052.
2. Stairways under construction shall not be used, except by those employees directly engaged in the
construction of the stairway. Employees engaged in stairway construction who are exposed to
falls equal to or greater than six (6) feet shall be protected from falling by guardrails, safety nets,
or personal fall arrest or prevention systems.
3. Stairways used during construction shall be kept free and clear of materials, equipment, and
debris.
4. Where work is performed in or from an active stairway, the stairway may remain open so long as
a minimum travel width of thirty (30) inches is maintained, and no other hazards requiring special
protection are present (i.e. welding/cutting, fall hazards, overhead work, etc.). The work area on
the stair shall be cordoned off using caution tape, at a minimum. Where a thirty (30) inch travel
width can not be maintained, the stair shall be closed and cordoned off, so long as an alternate
means of egress is provided.
5. Work within active stairs must be coordinated so that alternate means of egress is continuously
maintained, or the work shall be accomplished during off-hours, and with the permission of the
HUPM. Pre-planning and coordination of work within active stairs is the responsibility of the
General Contractor.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 53
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
R. Steel Erection and Precast Concrete Erection

1. Fall protection practices related to steel and precast concrete erection operations shall comply

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


with the requirements listed in Section 11 of this Standard.
2. Employees engaged in all activities related to steel and precast concrete erection, including
rigging, connecting, decking, bolting-up, welding, etc. who are exposed to falls equal to or greater
than six (6) feet shall be protected from falling by guardrails, safety nets, or personal fall arrest or
prevention systems.
3. Where a PFAS or PFPS is used during welding and cutting operations, the operator shall use fall
protection equipment that is fire-resistant.
4. The establishment of Controlled Decking Zones shall comply with Appendix D to Subpart R –
Illustration of the Use of Control Lines to Demarcate CDZ’s, except that the control line shall be
set no closer than fifteen (15) feet from the leading edge. All employees working between the
control line and the roof edge shall be protected from falling by means of a personal fall arrest or
fall restraint system. Danger signs indicating that fall protection is required shall be placed along
the entire length of the control line at intervals no less than ten (10) feet.
5. All tools and equipment used during steel erection shall be secured against accidental
displacement or falling. Canvas bolt bags shall be used for storing and carrying bolts, drift pins,
etc. The handles of canvas bolt bags shall be reinforced with nine wire.
6. Falling object protection, as outlined in Sub-Section E of this Section, is required during steel and
precast erection operations.
7. Custody of Fall Protection.
a. The General Contractor shall declare, at the time of bid, the entity or Contractor that
will be responsible for the installation of guardrails during steel and precast erection
operations.
b. Prior to allowing any trades or Employees onto a working floor or an area of a
working floor, all guardrails and floor covers must be installed. The General
Contractor and Project Safety Manager must inspect the floor or area prior to
turnover, and formally accept the conditions from the erector or other person
responsible for installation of guardrails and covers. NOTE: Tradesmen or
Employees, other than the erector, may be allowed onto a working floor prior to its
official turnover, so long as the work required is directly related to the erection process
(e.g. temporary lighting installation, inspection by the General Contractor, etc.) and the
Employees on the floor are appropriately protected from falls and falling object
hazards.

S. Wall Openings

1. Employees exposed to falls equal to or greater than six (6) feet through wall openings, as defined
in Sub-Section A of this Section, shall be protected by guardrails or personal fall arrest or
prevention systems.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 54
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
Section 12 – Fire Prevention and Protection
A. Definitions

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


1. Heating Device. Any device, whether electric, fuel, or gas-fired used to provide heat to an area
within the construction project.
2. Hot Work. Any activity that produces a spark, flame, or significant heat. Hot work includes, but
is not limited to: torch cutting, welding, burning, spark-producing grinding, brazing, soldering,
temporary heating, hawk heating, chop saw/metal stud cutting, and cadmium welding operations.
3. Temporary Enclosure. An enclosure used for construction purposes that will not become a part
of the permanent condition. Temporary enclosures include, but are not limited to: office trailers,
shanties, shacks, tarpaulin enclosures, poly-sheeting enclosures, break areas, etc.

B. General Requirements

1. Work and practices on projects shall comply with the applicable parts of OSHA29CFR Part
1926, NFPA 241 – Safeguarding Construction, Alteration, and Demolition Operations, the
requirements outlined in this Standard, and the manufacturer’s requirements and
recommendations for any equipment and tools used. Where conflicts exist between standards,
the more stringent shall apply.
2. Prior to the commencement of construction activities, the General Contractor shall develop and
implement a fire prevention and protection program, specific to that project’s operations, which
meets or exceeds the guidelines listed in this Standard. This program shall be submitted to the
HUPM upon completion. Appendix K – Fire Prevention and Protection Plan Worksheet may be
used to satisfy this requirement. At a minimum, the following items shall be addressed and
incorporated into project fire prevention and protection plan:
a. Responsibilities relating to fire prevention and protection for Contractors;
b. Coordination requirements with local Fire Department, including permit requirements
for construction projects;
c. Fire protection requirements for the construction and use of temporary offices, trailers,
shanties, storage, and break areas;
d. Temporary fire detection and suppression equipment to be installed and utilized during
construction;
e. Description of Contractor requirements regarding the storage and accumulation of
combustible materials, debris, and trash;
f. Floor plans showing the proposed and/or actual locations of fire fighting equipment
including standpipes, fire hydrants, fire extinguishers, etc.;
g. Identification of designated storage areas for flammable/combustible liquids and gasses;
h. Procedures for use and storage of flammable and combustible liquids and gasses;
i. Fire alarm system impairment procedures and permits;
j. The location and contents of the project Knox Box;
k. Training requirements for Contractors of all tiers;
l. Temporary heating requirements and restrictions;
m. Procedures for hot work operations and project-specific permits, and;
n. Refueling operations.
3. The Safety Representative shall ensure that all Employees potentially exposed to hazards
associated with fire prevention and protection, hot work operations, and handling of flammable
or combustible liquids or gasses shall possess the knowledge and skill required to perform the
duties for which they are assigned. In addition, a PTP shall be completed prior to any operation,
any fire prevention/protection hazards shall be clearly identified, and hazard controls defined.
The PTP shall be reviewed with the work crews daily prior to the start of work, and where
conditions change.
4. Smoking is prohibited on all University construction projects. Where applicable, the General
Contractor shall designate a smoking area, outside of the building or structure, where smoking is
allowed. Ashtrays and/or cigarette butt containers shall be provided by the General Contractor,
and the accumulation of trash or debris shall not be allowed in designated smoking areas.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 55
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
5. Refueling of motorized vehicles and heavy equipment shall not take place within twenty (20) feet
of the building or structure. Refueling of other equipment (e.g. portable generators, pumps, etc.)
shall be done only when the equipment is off and allowed to cool down. A twenty (20) pound

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


ABC dry chemical fire extinguisher shall be present at all refueling operations.
6. For new construction and substantial (gut-type) renovation of unoccupied buildings (or portions
thereof), the General Contractor shall procure and install a Knox Cabinet (1300 Series or
equivalent) at the main entrance to the project. The cabinet shall be of the dual access/locking
type, where one lock is intended for use by the General Contractor, and the other is intended
for use by the local Fire Department in the event of an emergency after hours. NOTE: The
Boston Fire Department does not utilize the Knox system for building entry. For Boston
projects, the single access/locking type of box shall be used, and access/keys shall be coordinated
with the local Fire Department and/or security firm. At a minimum, the cabinet shall contain the
following:
a. Site map(s) showing the locations of support offices, trailers, project entrances, building
entrances, fire hydrants, standpipes, fire extinguishers (typical location), flammable
storage areas, spill kits, and any special conditions (i.e. location of demolition areas).
These maps shall be updated as conditions change, and at least every six months.
b. A utility plan showing the shut-off locations for project electrical, water, natural
gas/fuel, and process chemical supply lines. This plan shall be updated whenever
changes are made to the actual location of the shut-offs.
c. Project-specific keys that allow fire department entry into project access gates, project
offices, buildings under construction, and project trailers. NOTE: Where lower-tier
Contractors do not opt to place project keys in this cabinet, it shall be conveyed by the
General Contractor to the lower-tier Contractor that in the event of a fire or other
emergency, fire department access could cause damage to the locked/barricaded area.
d. Project Emergency Contact Information including the 24-Hour phone numbers for the
project’s key personnel (Project Manager(s), Superintendent(s), Project Safety
Manager(s), and Subcontractor Foremen), the project chemical inventory, as well as a
detailed description of the location of the actual project MSDS files and HASP. Note:
If this information is contained in the project HASP, the project HASP may be placed
in the cabinet to meet this requirement.
7. For new construction and renovation of unoccupied buildings, or where the project is separated
from the public by fencing or barricades that surround the site, the General Contractor shall
prominently display the physical address number of the project at the project’s main and
secondary entrances. This display shall be plainly visible from all streets that the fire department
may use to access the site.
8. Open fires are prohibited.
9. All tarpaulins and poly-sheeting used on construction sites shall meet the requirements of NFPA
701 - Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Flame Propagation of Textiles and Films. All
tarpaulins and poly-sheeting shall be stamped and marked as Flame Retardant. No hot work
operation, other than temporary heating, shall take place within thirty-five (35) feet of tarpaulins
or poly-sheeting, unless protected by fire blankets or other suitable protective devices.
10. All construction projects shall implement project or work area security measures to reduce or
eliminate the likelihood of un-authorized persons entering the project or work area. These
measures include perimeter fencing, physical isolation of work areas in occupied buildings, gate
and door locks, and security firms or guards. The level and extent of security measures will be
dependant upon the project type and location.
11. Exit signs shall be located at each exit stairway or ladder opening.
12. Incident Management is outlined in Section 15 – Incident Management and Prevention.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 56
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
C. Accumulation and Disposal of Trash and Debris

1. Combustible debris and general trash shall not be allowed to accumulate on the project. It is the

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


responsibility of the General Contractor to enforce this requirement, as well as the requirements
outlined in Section 14 – Housekeeping. Debris shall be removed from all areas of the worksite
daily, at a minimum.
2. Combustible debris and general trash shall be disposed of in a dumpster or trash cans outside of
the building. No dumpster or trash cans shall be placed/or stored within twenty-five (25) feet of
the building. Where dumpsters must be placed within twenty-five feet of the building (i.e. due to
site constraints or where chutes are used), the dumpster shall be covered with a flame resistant or
fire retardant netting or a solid, non-combustible cover.

D. Compressed Gas Cylinders

1. All cylinders shall be marked with the name and CAS identification number of their contents.
2. Cylinders, when in use, shall be positively secured in the upright position. Where carts are used,
the retaining device or chain shall be used. Twenty (20) and thirty (30) pound liquefied
petroleum gas (propane) tanks and acetylene ‘B’ tanks shall be secured in a cart, case, or placed
into a milk crate to prevent tipping. Propane tanks larger than thirty (30) pounds shall be secured
in a cart or against a solid structure.
3. Cylinder Storage:
a. Shall consist of manufactured cages (open-ventilation type) with roofs.
b. Cages shall be stored in the area designated by the General Contractor for compressed
gas storage, and shall be no closer than twenty-five (25) feet from the building. Cylinder
storage areas shall be protected against physical damage from vehicles and equipment.
c. Cylinders shall be separated according to their hazard classes, and signs shall be posted
at each storage area, warning employees of the hazards (i.e. no smoking, flammable gas
storage, non-flammable gas storage, etc.). Oxygen and flammable gasses shall be
separated by at least twenty (20) feet.
d. Cylinders shall be stored upright, positively secured, and valve caps shall be on.
e. All cylinders shall be removed from the work area and returned to the cylinder storage
area after each work shift. Under no circumstances shall cylinders be stored in gang
boxes, shanties, trailers, etc.
f. The General Contractor shall provide a minimum of one twenty (20) pound ABC dry
chemical fire extinguisher at each cylinder storage area.
4. Cylinders shall not be hoisted using slings, chains, ropes, or by the valve cap. Use only carts or
racks specifically designed for hoisting.
5. The use and storage of liquefied petroleum gas (propane) gas shall comply with the requirements
listed in 29CFR Part 1926.153, as well as local fire department regulations.

E. Coordination and Permitting with Local Fire Department

1. Prior to the commencement of new construction or substantial (gut-type) renovation projects,


the General Contractor shall set-up, coordinate, and chair a meeting with the local Fire
Department. This meeting shall be documented, and the meeting minutes shall be retained in the
project files. At a minimum, the following items shall be reviewed and addressed during the
meeting:
a. General scope and phasing of the construction project;
b. Site layout including location of support areas and project access points;
c. Review of the General Contractor’s approved Emergency Management Plan;
d. Review of the General Contractor’s approved Fire Prevention & Protection Program;
e. The proposed or actual locations of fire hydrants, standpipes, and fire extinguishers;
f. Permit requirements for the use and storage of flammable and combustible materials,
liquids, and gasses, dumpster placement, hot work operations, demolition, construction,
alteration, fire alarm system impairment, temporary heating, etc.;
g. Fire department requirements for fire alarm system impairment, including the necessity
and use of fire department fire watch details;
h. Any special considerations or requests made by the fire department.
2. For new construction or substantial (gut-type) renovation projects, the General Contractor shall
coordinate meetings and walkthroughs of the project with the fire department at regular intervals

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 57
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
throughout the course of construction to ensure that the fire department is aware of phasing,
access, fire fighting equipment, and construction hazards that would pose a particular threat to
fire-fighting crews (i.e. demolition, deep excavations, etc.).

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


3. Any visits, walkthroughs, or emergency responses by the fire department shall be documented,
and the HUPM shall be informed immediately.

F. Fire Alarm and Sprinkler System Impairment

1. Where fire alarm and/or sprinkler systems must be impaired, serviced, repaired, or otherwise
altered from their full operating state, the General Contractor shall complete a Utility
Disruption Permit Form. This form shall be submitted to the HUPM at least one week prior to
the anticipated work. The HUPM (or his designee) shall forward to the Harvard Building or
Facility Manager for approval and coordination. In addition, the General Contractor is
responsible for obtaining impairment permits and coordinating fire watch details with the local
fire department.
2. Fire alarm and sprinkler systems undergoing modifications shall be returned to service at the end
of each workday, unless otherwise approved by the fire department and HUPM.
3. Fire alarm and sprinkler system impairments shall be coordinated by the General Contractor in
order to minimize the duration and extent of the impairment. Systems shall be maintained where
possible.
4. The General Contractor or his designee shall inspect all systems and areas where fire alarm and
sprinkler system impairments have taken place immediately following completion of work to
ensure that the system(s) has been restored to service. This includes sprinkler control valve
positions, fire protection water main charge gauges, standpipe valves and charges, smoke
detectors, heat detectors, etc.

G. Fire Protection Equipment

1. Fire protection equipment use and placement shall comply with 29CFR Part 1926.150, at a
minimum.
2. General project fire protection is the responsibility of the General Contractor. Where the
General Contractor contracts this service to another Contractor or entity, the General
Contractor shall verify in the field that the requirements of this Section are met.
3. Portable Fire Extinguishers.
a. In unoccupied buildings where construction is taking place, and University fire
extinguishers are present, these extinguishers shall not be used by any Contractor. The
University fire extinguishers shall be removed by the General Contractor, stored in a
dry, safe location designated by the building owner or facility manager, and re-installed
following completion of construction operations.
b. Multi-purpose dry chemical portable fire extinguishers (for general use) shall be
provided for each three-thousand (3,000) square feet of working space on the project,
both interior and exterior, and configured so that the travel distance from any point in
the working area does not exceed one-hundred (100) feet. The minimum size for
general use extinguishers is ten (10) pound.
c. General use fire extinguishers shall be mounted to a stand or permanent building
element. The mounting height of the top of the fire extinguisher shall not exceed five
(5) feet above the finished floor. Fire extinguisher locations shall be marked with fire
extinguisher signs that are visible from the work area.
d. Multi-purpose dry chemical portable fire extinguishers shall be provided at each
compressed gas and flammable/combustible liquid storage area, at each exit from a
support office/construction trailer/shanty/shed, at each temporary heating operation,
and at each hot work operation. The minimum size for fire extinguishers used in these
applications is twenty (20) pound.
e. The General Contractor shall ensure that each shift on the project is staffed with
employees trained and knowledgeable in the use of fire extinguishers for the purpose of
fighting incipient fires.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 58
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
4. Temporary (Construction Use) Standpipes.
a. For above and below grade construction projects, temporary standpipes shall be
installed and maintained no more than one floor away from the permanently decked

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


level.
b. Where charged standpipes are installed for construction purposes, they shall be
maintained in the charged condition, and shall be protected against damage and
freezing.
c. Standpipes shall be conspicuously marked with at least a two foot by two foot (2’ x 2’)
sign. The sign shall state ‘Fire Department Connection’ or ‘Fire Department
Standpipe’. The lettering shall be red, and the background white.
d. Standpipes shall be installed with a two and one-half (2-1/2) inch fire department
connection on each floor.
5. Temporary (Construction Use) Fire Alarm System
a. Where fire alarm systems (smoke detectors, heat detectors, strobes, horns, etc.) are
required by local code, design documents, or for insurance purposes (i.e. for wood
structure renovations), the system(s) shall be maintained and operational at all times
during construction activities.
b. Temporary fire alarm systems, when required, shall be continuously monitored by an
alarm company, or shall be connected to the city fire alarm system.
c. Where impairment of the temporary fire alarm system is necessary, the requirements
outlined in Section 12.F shall apply, except that the Utility Disruption Permit Form
need not be submitted to the building owner or facility manager. The General
Contractor shall issue and control this permit.

H. Flammable and Combustible Liquids

1. Flammable and combustible liquids use and storage shall comply with 29CFR Part 1926.152 and
the manufacturer’s recommendations and requirements, except where noted below. Flammable
and combustible liquids include, but are not limited to: gasoline, diesel fuel, kerosene, oil, spray
paints, solvents, paint thinners, etc. When not in use, liquids shall be stored in cabinets.
2. Flammable and Combustible Liquid Container Storage:
a. Shall consist of UL-listed metal storage cabinets. No more than sixty (60) gallons of
flammable liquid or one-hundred and twenty (120) gallons of combustible liquids shall
be stored in any single cabinet.
b. Cabinets shall be stored in the area designated by the General Contractor for
flammable/combustible storage, and shall be no closer than twenty-five (25) feet from
the building. Flammable/combustible storage areas shall be protected against physical
damage from vehicles and equipment.
c. Secondary containment in the form of spill control, diking, and drainage control shall be
provided at each flammable and combustible liquid storage area. The secondary
containment shall be sized so as to contain the amount of liquid stored in the storage
area. Rain water or snow shall not be allowed to accumulate within the secondary
containment. A spill kit shall be provided adjacent to each storage area.
d. Signs shall be posted at each storage area, warning employees of the hazards (i.e. no
smoking, flammable liquid storage, etc.).
e. Only metal containers (safety can as defined by 29CFR Part 1926.155) shall be used to
handle flammable and combustible liquids. The cans shall be color coded (red =
gasoline, yellow = diesel fuel, blue = kerosene) according to their product, and shall be
labeled with their contents.
f. Where storage tanks or drums are used for dispensing flammable and combustible
liquids, the tank or drum shall be electrically grounded and a bonding wire shall be
attached from the tank/drum to the container into which the liquid is being dispensed.
g. Flammable and combustible liquids shall be removed from the work area and returned
to the storage area after each work shift. Under no circumstances shall flammable and
combustible liquids be stored in gang boxes, shanties, trailers, etc.
h. The General Contractor shall provide a minimum of one twenty (20) pound ABC dry
chemical fire extinguisher at each storage area.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 59
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
I. Hot Work Operations

1. The General Contractor shall implement a Hot Work Permit Program on to the project. All

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


Contractors conducting hot work operations on the project shall first obtain a Hot Work Permit
from the Project Safety Manager or his designee prior to commencement of hot work
activities. Appendix L – Hot Work Permit may be used to satisfy this requirement.
2. The Hot Work Permit shall document that the following conditions have been verified:
a. The area within thirty-five (35) feet of the hot work operation, and all areas below the
hot work operation where sparks and slag may drop have been cleared of all personnel,
combustible materials, compressed gasses, and flammable or combustible liquids.
Where this is not possible, protection shall be provided for non-essential personnel and
combustibles shall be covered with fire blankets;
b. An individual, trained and knowledgeable in identifying hazards associated with hot
work operations and the use of portable fire extinguishers, is designated as the fire
watch, and will remain present for the duration of the hot work operation, and one-half
hour after the completion of the hot work. NOTE: The fire watch shall hold no other
duties or responsibilities during his or her service as fire watch. Where sparks and slag
can not be contained in the immediate work area (i.e. fall to another level), a fire watch
shall be posted at each area. The Contractor may elect not to provide a dedicated fire
watch for grinding, chop saw and soldering activities, provided that the area is free of
combustible materials, and the sparks from the operation can be contained to the
immediate area;
c. At least one twenty (20) pound multi-purpose dry chemical fire extinguisher is present
with each fire watch.
3. Hot work Permits shall be valid for one shift or one operation only, whichever is shorter.
4. Pressure regulation valves on oxygen/acetylene/propane tanks shall be inspected and tested prior
to each use. Defective or damaged equipment shall be immediately removed from service.
5. Oxygen and acetylene tanks shall have flashback arresters installed on both the torch and
regulator ends.
6. Hoses and leads shall not be routed through doorways unless the door is blocked open and the
hoses are protected from damage.
7. Welding screens shall be provided, placed, and moved as necessary by the Contractor to prevent
radiation injury and arc flash exposure to project Employees.
8. Welding lead terminal lugs shall be covered with non-conductive material.
9. Electric welding operations shall be grounded as close to the point of operation as possible.
10. Welding leads shall be inspected prior to use each day. Damaged welding lead insulation shall be
repaired or sealed with epoxy or vulcanizing insulation with an insulation value at least equal to
that of the conductor. Electrical tape shall not be used to repair lead insulation.
11. Stingers shall not be laid or rested on conductive material.

J. Temporary Heating

1. Temporary heating operations shall comply with 29CFR Part 1926.154, the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts – Board of Fire Prevention Regulations – Use and Maintenance or Temporary
Portable Space heating Devices and Equipment Used in the Construction Industry, and the
manufacturer’s recommendations and requirements, at a minimum.
2. The Contractor shall obtain a Temporary Heating Permit from the local Fire Department prior
to commencement of temporary heating activities.
3. Temporary heating devices shall comply with Hot Work Permit requirements outlined in Sub-
Section I of this Section, and shall be continuously monitored by a fire watch. Continuous
monitoring may not be required for natural gas-fired heaters where the flame is fully enclosed,
the unit is located outside of the building, and the heated air is discharged through metal
ductwork.
4. All temporary heating devices and units shall have a warning label or tag permanently affixed.
This tag must describe the firing or start-up procedure, emergency shut-down procedure, and
minimum clearance distances from all sides of the unit or device.
5. Fuel or gas-fired temporary heating devices shall have safety devices that eliminate the flow of
gas/fuel upon extinguishment of the flame. These safety devices shall be tested prior to each
use. Devices or equipment found to be defective or damaged shall be immediately removed
from service by the person inspecting the unit.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 60
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
6. Where natural gas-fired heaters are used, the supply piping shall be welded or threaded steel
piping, and shall be designed, installed, and tested in accordance with permanent installation
building code requirements. Natural gas piping shall be painted yellow, conspicuously labeled as

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


natural gas at least every twenty (20) feet, and protected from damage by vehicles, equipment,
and construction activities.
7. Air monitoring for oxygen, lower-explosive limit, and carbon monoxide shall be conducted in all
spaces heated by fuel or gas-fired heaters at least once per hour. A log shall be maintained in
each space that denotes the date, time, monitor name, and monitoring results of each round. The
following are considered action levels:
a. Oxygen (O2): Below 20.5%
b. Lower Explosive Limit (LEL): Equal to or Greater than 2%
c. Carbon Monoxide (CO): Equal to or Greater than 17 ppm (½ the OSHA PEL)
8. Where these action levels are exceeded, the area shall be evacuated, and ventilation, either natural
or forced, shall be introduced. No personnel are allowed back into the area until safe levels have
been reached. Ventilation shall be maintained so as to ensure levels remain below the prescribed
action levels.
9. Where temporary heating enclosures are constructed of tarpaulins or poly-sheeting, the materials
used shall be flame retardant, and shall meet the requirements of NFPA 701 - Standard Methods
of Fire Tests for Flame Propagation of Textiles and Films. All tarpaulins and poly-sheeting shall
be stamped and marked as Flame Retardant.
10. Temporary heating enclosures shall be fastened securely or guarded by construction so it cannot
be blown by the wind against heaters or other sources of ignition.

K. Temporary Enclosures

1. Temporary offices, other than mobile office trailers, including general break areas, shall be
constructed of materials having a minimum of one-hour fire resistant rating (i.e. fire-treated
lumber and paneling, drywall, etc.).
2. Where temporary heating enclosures or isolation barriers are constructed, they shall be
constructed of the materials list in Sub-Section J.1 or J.9 of this Section.
3. Exit doors or flaps shall be placed at all temporary enclosures constructed of tarpaulins or poly-
sheeting. Doors or flaps shall be spaced so that no employee must travel greater than fifty (50)
feet to reach the exit. For large spaces, the exit doors or flaps shall be placed every fifty (50) feet
along the enclosure. Exit signs shall be placed at each door or flap, or the word ‘EXIT’ shall be
spray painted above the door or flap.
4. Directional arrows leading to the exit door or flap shall be spray-painted, using high visibility
paint, every ten (10) feet of each wall of a temporary enclosure constructed of tarpaulins or poly-
sheeting. The height of the arrows shall be no greater than two (2) feet above the finished floor.
5. Portable heating devices used in temporary enclosures shall not be left unattended. Heating of
temporary enclosures shall comply with the requirements outlined in Sub-Section I of this
Section.
6. Temporary enclosures shall be equipped with a minimum of one (1) multi-purpose dry chemical
fire extinguisher at each exit door, at a minimum.
7. Receptacles for trash and debris shall be provided at each temporary enclosure. Trash and debris
shall be removed from the temporary enclosure at least daily, and disposed.

Best Practice
Many contractors find it valuable to meet with both the HUPM and the Harvard Fire Protection Group
prior to commencing site activities. The Harvard Fire Protection Group has proven to be a valuable
resource when planning projects.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 61
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
Section 13 – Hazard Communication
A. General Requirements

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


1. Work and practices on projects shall comply with the applicable parts of OSHA29CFR Part
1910.1200, this Section, and the manufacturer’s requirements and recommendations for any
chemicals used. Where conflicts exist between standards, the more stringent shall apply.
2. Each Contractor whose employees are required to handle/contact chemicals or hazardous
materials as part executing their assigned task(s) is required to have a hazard communication
program, This program shall be part of the Contractor’s HASP
3. The Competent Person shall ensure that all Employees potentially exposed to hazards
associated with hazardous material handling/use possess the knowledge and skill required to
perform the duties for which they are assigned. In addition, a PTP shall be completed prior to
any operation, any hazardous materials hazards shall be clearly identified, and hazard controls
defined. The PTP shall be reviewed with the work crews daily prior to the start of work, and
where conditions change. The Material Safety Data Sheet for each chemical/hazardous material
shall be reviewed as part of the PTP.
4. For University Contractors, hazard communication is applicable through contract clauses in
conformance with Harvard University contracting guidelines and this Standard. Hazard
communication requirements are also applicable to acquisition and disposal of products that
contain (or have contained) hazardous materials.
5. The following operations are exempted or partially exempted from the provisions of this Hazard
Communication Program:
a. Laboratory operations are addressed under Harvard University's Chemical Hygiene Plan
and are not included in this Hazard Communication Plan.
b. Warehouses, stockrooms and shipping/receiving-type operations, where chemicals are
only handled in sealed containers, need only ensure labels are on containers as they are
received and redistributed, maintain Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDSs) that are
received and give employees access to them, and provide information and training to
their employees.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 62
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
Section 14 – Housekeeping
A. Definitions

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


1. Cord. Any power cord or pneumatic/hydraulic/water/process line or hose.
2. Housekeeping. The practice of organizing materials, tools, and equipment, including the
frequent removal and disposal of all types of debris, waste, and trash.
3. Regular Intervals. For the purposes of housekeeping, ‘regular intervals’ shall mean no less than
once daily, or more frequently if material and debris accumulation poses a hazard to employees
and property.

B. General Requirements

1. Housekeeping practices shall comply with 29CFR Part 1926.25, and this Standard, at a minimum.
2. All working and walking surfaces on the project shall be kept free of debris/waste/trash, and
other tripping or fire hazards. The project shall be logistically coordinated by the General
Contractor to ensure that materials are organized and stored properly, so as not to pose a hazard
to project Employees.
3. The General Contractor shall ensure, by daily inspections and walkthroughs of the project, that
housekeeping is maintained so as not to pose a hazard to project Employees. Specifically, the
Superintendent in charge of each subcontractor is ultimately responsible for the housekeeping
efforts of his/her subcontractor.
4. Where a request is made by the construction manager, owner, or owner’s representative to
perform housekeeping on the project, either in general or at a specific area, the General
Contractor shall honor the request. Where a request is made by a lower-tier contractor to have
another lower-tier Contractor’s debris/waste/trash removed, the General Contractor shall
honor the request by enforcing the responsible party to conduct housekeeping, or assigning this
responsibility to another party. NOTE: It is the responsibility of the General Contractor to
coordinate lower-tier Contractors’ efforts regarding housekeeping. In the event that a lower-tier
Contractor fails to or cannot abate an issue, it shall be the responsibility of the General
Contractor to abate the issue on behalf of the lower-tier Contractor responsible for the issue.
5. Housekeeping costs shall be included as part of the bid from the General Contractor and all
lower-tier Contractors. All costs for housekeeping on the project shall be borne by the General
Contractor, or otherwise assigned to responsible Contractors.
6. Where housekeeping issues arise that are not related to the project, the General Contractor shall
notify the HUPM or his designee of the issue. The HUPM or his designee shall address the issue
with the appropriate party, but may elect to assign abatement of the issue to the project scope.
7. Under no circumstances shall trash and debris be stored within the structure. For existing
buildings under renovation or alteration, the storage area for trash and debris may be allowed,
given that all of the following conditions are met:
a. The building manager or facility manger, the HUPM, and the local Fire Department
must expressly consent to the proposed storage area and methods (i.e. dumpster,
barrels, etc.);
b. The storage area and methods must be consistent with the area and methods previously
used in the space;
c. The fire protection system(s) in the storage area must be designed to extinguish fires
associated with trash and debris storage;
d. Restrictions related to the use and storage in the area must be conspicuously posted by
the General Contractor, and must be relayed to each Contractor working on the
project; and,
e. The trash/debris must be removed as frequently as prescribed by the local fire
department, HUPM or building manager.
8. Where ice and/or snow have accumulated on walking/working surfaces, they shall be promptly
cleared. Sand or equivalent shall be placed on the surface to prevent slip hazards. NOTE: Ice
melting compounds shall not be used without the express approval of the HUPM and
HUEH&S. Ice melting compounds may be hazardous to the environment, or may corrode the
surfaces they contact.
9. The Contractor shall keep all food wastes in rodent-proof containers. Rodent proof containers
are receptacles with attached lids or covers that prevent rodent intrusion.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 63
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
C. Floor Management

1. Debris and trash shall be maintained as it is generated. Maintenance includes deposit directly into

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


a receptacle or can, piling material in an area so as not to pose a slip/trip hazard to project
Employees, or deposit directly into a dumpster.
2. The General Contractor shall coordinate efforts among the trades and unions so as to ensure an
amicable understanding between all parties involved. This coordination shall take place prior to
commencement of major construction activities involving trades other than laborers. Where
union agreements disallow removal of trash/debris by trades other than laborers, each
Contractor will be advised, at bid time, of this requirement. Each Contractor must ensure that
appropriate workforces are dedicated to housekeeping.
3. All cords must be maintained so as not to pose a slip or trip hazard to project employees.
Specifically, cords shall not be run or laid across walkways, stairs, or ladder bases.
4. Where hoses and lines must cross walkways, stairs, or ladders, the hose/line shall be covered and
ramped so that the tripping hazard is minimized, and the hose/line is protected. The hose/line
cover shall be conspicuously painted or marked.
5. Debris that poses a ‘rolling’ hazard when stepped on, including piping, wires, welding rods, beads
or shot, nails, or otherwise, shall be placed directly into a container upon generation.
6. Where materials, debris tools, and/or equipment are stored or piled higher than the height of the
top edge of the toeboard, paneling or screening shall be installed from the top edge of the
toeboard to the top edge of the guardrail system. No material storage is allowed above the height
of the top rail of the guardrail system. NOTE: Equipment including scaffolding, aerial lifts,
material hoists, etc. must be designed or engineered to accept the weight and wind loads
associated with screening or paneling. This is the responsibility of the Contractor.

D. Eating Locations and Food Debris.

1. The General Contractor shall designate locations where employees may consume food and take
breaks. These locations shall be chosen and designated based on the availability of hand-washing
stations, the proximity to flammable/combustible liquid/gas storage areas, and the potential for
rodent or pest intrusion.
2. The designated eating/break locations shall have rodent-proof receptacles for the disposal of
food waste and debris. These receptacles shall be emptied daily.
3. Each Employee and Contractor is responsible for maintaining eating/break areas free of trash
and debris.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 64
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
Section 15 – Incident Management and Prevention
A. General Requirements

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


1. Emergency planning and implementation shall comply with 29CFR Part 1926.35, the applicable
parts of 29CFR Part 1926.65, and the requirements listed in this Standard, at a minimum.
2. Where the General Contractor or Subcontractors will require that first aid/CPR-trained
individuals treat or attend to injured persons where they may be exposed to bloodborne
pathogens or bodily fluids, the Contractor(s) shall comply with 29CFR Part 1910.1030, and shall
develop and implement an Exposure Control Plan. Where a project or Contractor relies on
outside services to perform first aid treatment and/or CPR, this shall be expressed to and
enforced with the project workforce.
3. Each Contractor shall provide and maintain first aid kits at each support trailer, office location,
shanty, and gang box. Eye wash facilities shall be maintained at each support trailer and office,
and where the Material Safety Data Sheet requires. Only persons trained and certified in first aid
and bloodborne pathogens shall administer first aid treatment.
4. Each Contractor shall, as part of the pre-task planning process, assess the operation to
determine the potential emergencies that could arise. Where potential emergencies are identified,
the appropriate response(s) shall be listed, and the responsibilities for each response made
known. The PTP shall be reviewed with the work crews daily prior to the start of work, and
where conditions change.
5. For new construction projects or projects with high hazard activities (as defined in this
document), the General Contractor shall coordinate and chair an Emergency Management
Meeting. This meeting shall be held in order to review the general scope of work and phasing
specific to the project, and the possible emergencies that could arise during the course of
construction. Attendees at this meeting shall include, at a minimum:
a. Harvard University Project Manager
b. General Contractor Project Executive/Project Manager/Safety Manager/
Superintendents
c. Harvard University Environmental, Health, and Safety Representative, where these
services are requested by the HUPM and/or the Program Safety Director (for OCIP)
d. Local Fire Department House Captain (This may be a separate meeting)
e. Local Police Department House Captain (This may be a separate meeting)
f. Local Ambulance Service (if dedicated to project/area)
g. Harvard University Police Department (This may be a separate meeting)
h. Harvard University Mitigation Manager (This may be a separate meeting)
6. For new construction projects or projects with high hazard activities (as defined in this
document), the General Contractor shall coordinate meetings and walkthroughs of the project
with the local authorities at regular intervals throughout the course of construction to ensure that
the authorities are aware of phasing, access, fire fighting equipment, and construction hazards
that would pose a particular threat to emergency response crews (i.e. demolition, deep
excavations).
7. For new construction and renovation of unoccupied buildings, or where the project is separated
from the public by fencing or barricades that surround the site, the General Contractor shall
prominently display the physical address number of the project at the project’s main and
secondary entrances. This display shall be plainly visible from all streets that the fire department
may use to access the site.
8. Any visits, walkthroughs, or emergency responses by local authorities shall be documented, and
the HUPM shall be informed immediately.
9. Exit signs shall be located at each exit stairway or ladder opening.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 65
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
B. Emergency Management Plan

1. The General Contractor shall develop a program, specific to that project’s operations, which

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


meets or exceeds the guidelines listed in this Standard. This program shall be updated and re-
issued as conditions (i.e. location of fire fighting equipment or changes in project personnel)
change. Appendix M – Emergency Management Plan Worksheet may be used to satisfy this
requirement. NOTE: Dependant upon the complexity and scope of the project, Appendix M
may need to be supplemented with additional information. It is the responsibility of the General
Contractor to assess this need. At a minimum, this program must address/list/identify the
following:
a. Preparation for emergency response, including orientation and training;
b. Mock emergency drills, including coordination and frequency (no greater than every six
(6) months. NOTE: Where an actual drill cannot be performed due to project location
restrictions (i.e. occupied structures), a scenario (table top) drill shall be performed at
the same frequency, with all parties participating;
c. Roles and responsibilities for the project action team;
d. First Aid policy and procedures;
e. External communication of an emergency;
f. Internal (project) communication during an emergency;
g. Contact names and numbers for project personnel and emergency services;
h. Control of the site during emergency responses, including emergency response access;
i. First hour response procedures (at least up through turnover to the responding
emergency response group and/or Incident Commander);
j. Location(s) of emergency and spill containment equipment located on the project;
k. Evacuation procedures, including signaling of evacuation, rally points, and re-entry;
l. Incident Investigation procedures, reporting, and forms NOTE: Appendix N -
Supervisor’s Incident/Accident Investigation Form may be used to satisfy this
documentation requirement;
m. External entity involvement (OSHA, Insurance Company).
n. Project security measures. Project security measures shall comply with contract
documents, but at a minimum, reasonable security precautions shall be implemented by
the General Contractor to prohibit intrusion into project areas.
2. Emergencies and their associated responses must be individually planned for in advance. Each
type of possible or anticipated emergency shall include a list of actions, the responsibilities for the
actions, and the listed roles of project personnel. At a minimum, the following items must be
addressed in the Emergency Management Plan:
a. Incidents involving injury to personnel, including bodily injury and death;
b. Incident involving injury to the public or students;
c. Incidents involving damage to property, public and project;
d. Collapse of a building or portion thereof;
e. Bomb threats, security risks, or terrorist attacks;
f. Fire and explosion;
g. Utility failures and associated events;
h. Equipment failure such as crane collapse or loss of load;
i. Workplace violence events;
j. Natural disasters (hurricane, flood, earthquake) and severe weather events;
k. Environmental releases;
l. Events involving media coverage;
3. The Emergency Management Plan shall be submitted to the HUPM upon completion. The plan
shall be reviewed with each project team member and worker as part of the orientation process,
at a minimum. Where the plan is changed or updated, it shall be reviewed with all project staff
and workers.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 66
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
C. Emergency Protocol and Notifications

1. As part of the project orientation process, all Employees shall be instructed as to the project-

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


specific notification during emergencies. Employees shall be issued a sticker, for placement
inside of the hard hat, containing the project’s location and emergency numbers. Employees are
encouraged to report life-threatening events to emergency services, with immediate follow-up
notification to the Project Manager and Project Safety Manager.
2. Emergency phone numbers shall be posted at each phone location on the project.
3. The following is the sequence of notifications and actions. NOTE: There are actions that must
be taken simultaneously in addition to notifications. It is the responsibility of the project’s
Emergency Coordinator to effectively manage all of these actions in the order that prevents or
minimizes loss of life and damage to property.
4. The General Contractor’s Emergency Coordinator must coordinate the following:
a. Emergency Services Notification (911), if not already notified;
b. Emergency Coordinator (Project Manager or Safety Manager), if not already notified;
c. Project Action Team (via direction from the Emergency Coordinator);
d. Dispatch of Emergency Team members to the scene to assess the emergency, reporting
back to the Emergency Coordinator;
e. Dispatch of Emergency Team members to signal and initiate the evacuation (if
necessary) of the project;
f. Dispatch of Emergency Team members to control site access and clear access for
emergency response teams/fire trucks/ambulances, etc.;
g. Harvard University Operations Center [(617) 495-5560] Notification;
h. Harvard University Police Department [(617) 495-1212] Notification;
i. Harvard University Project Manager Notification;
j. Harvard University Construction Mitigation Manager [(617) 496-0857] Notification;
k. Summon secondary support services including structural engineers, insurance company
accident re-creation and investigation teams, equipment vendors and suppliers, etc.;
5. The Harvard University Project Manager shall coordinate notification to the following:
a. Internal Notifications to Harvard University
b. Notification to the University Operations Center, requesting notification to the Local
Emergency Management Team, HUEH&S, or other University responding agencies/
departments, dependant upon the severity and/or location of the incident.
6. Upon arrival of emergency responders (i.e. fire department), the Emergency Coordinator shall
pass any and all information pertaining to the emergency to the Incident Commander. Following
the passing of information, the Emergency Coordinator shall then serve as support to the
Incident Commander.
7. All incidents involving media coverage shall be handled by the Harvard University News and
Public Affairs Office.
8. Following the initial incident response and actions, the General Contractor Emergency
Coordinator, or his designee, shall ensure that the following actions take place:
a. The accident scene or damaged area(s) is secured and cordoned off;
b. Documentation of the scene is accumulated;
c. Contributing factors are identified and recorded;
d. Reports from outside entities are obtained (i.e. police reports)
e. Witness are interviewed and statements are obtained in writing;
f. Photographs of the scene are taken;
g. Worker’s compensation injury reports are completed and filed;
h. Notifications are made to the Commonwealth of Massachusetts Department of
Industrial Accidents and Occupational Safety and Health Administration Area Office,
where required;
i. General liability and property damage reports are completed and filed;
j. The incident investigation is formally closed out with all parties.
9. Where the project is an OCIP project, notifications and reporting shall comply with the Project
Insurance Manual.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 67
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
D. Maintenance of Project Emergency Contacts

1. The General Contractor shall provide emergency contact information to the Harvard University

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


Project Manager, Mitigation Manager, Operations Center, Police Department, HUEH&S, and
the Program Safety Director (if OCIP) prior to commencement of construction. The following
information shall be provided:
a. Project Name and Address.
b. Harvard University Project Manager’s Name.
c. The Name and Emergency Phone Numbers (either mobile number, home number, or
other method of 24-hour emergency contact) for the General Contractor’s Project
Manager, Superintendent(s), and Project Safety Manager.
d. The Name and Emergency Phone Numbers for the Security Firm overseeing project
security.
2. The emergency contact information shall be updated by the General Contractor whenever
changes are made to project staff or associated phone numbers. Updates shall occur no less
frequently than every six (6) months.

E. Post-Incident Review Meeting (Seven Step)

1. Following any incident involving medical attention, public interruption or injury, property
damage in excess of $1000, or media event, the General Contractor shall coordinate and chair a
Post-Incident Review Meeting. The general contractor’s Project Manager, Superintendent,
Project Safety Manager, and responsible Foremen, the lower-tier contractor’s
principal/executive, project manager/safety manager/ Superintendent, responsible
Foreman, and the injured party are required to attend. The HUPM, HUEH&S, and Program
Safety Director (if OCIP) shall be invited to attend.
2. The meeting will review/discuss/address, at a minimum, the following items:
a. A statement by the Project Manager regarding the project’s commitment to the
reduction and elimination of injuries and incidents;
b. A statement by the Project Safety Manager regarding the purpose of the meeting
(identification of casual and contributing factors, prevention of future incidents);
c. A review of the incident, including the chronology of events, responses, and outcomes;
d. A participatory review of all of the factors that contributed and/or led up to the
incident, and identification of the root cause of the incident (the single failure point,
typically involving the absence of policy or procedure, absence of training,
mismanagement of activities, etc., which if removed or enhanced would prevent future
incidents);
e. A participatory review of corrective actions, and identification of completion times and
responsibilities. All corrective actions must identify the action, the required time for
completion, and the person(s) responsible for implementation of the action.
f. Communication of the incident to the project, either verbal or written, regarding the
incident and the corrective actions;
g. Application of the project’s accountability plan.
3. The minutes from the Post Incident Review Meeting shall be distributed to the project team, the
HUPM, HUEH&S, Program Safety Director (if OCIP), and to other interested parties (i.e.
insurance company).
4. Appendix O – Post Incident Review Meeting may be used to meet the requirements of this Sub-
Section.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 68
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
Section 16 – Inspections, Safety
A. General Requirements

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


1. It is ultimately the responsibility of the general contractor’s Project Manager(s), Project
Superintendent(s), and Project Safety Manager(s) to assure safe working conditions and
practices are employed at the project. At a minimum, walkthrough-type inspections shall be
conducted at prescribed frequencies, dependant upon the role of the individual.
2. Formal inspections shall be documented by the inspector using inspection software, where
applicable (detailed below), written reports, and photographs. Following each inspection,
communications shall be made to the responsible parties/Contractors, and the documentation
shall be forwarded. Where projects are not required to comply with the dbo² requirements (e.g.
< $25,000,000 volume), inspections shall be conducted and documented by other suitable means.
3. Where life-threatening conditions or practices are observed, the observer has the obligation to
cease the activity or practice until such time as corrective measures are implemented. Where life-
threatening conditions or practices are observed, the observer shall contact the Project Safety
Manager following the observation. Work may not resume until the Project Manager, Project
Safety Manager, contractor manager/Superintendent/Foreman, and responsible person have
agreed to and completed the corrective action(s).
4. Where life-threatening or high-severity hazards are identified by either the owner or the General
Contractor, the non-compliant Contractor shall complete Appendix P – Non-Compliance
Corrective Action Plan. The intent of this requirement is to identify the (1) highlight the
seriousness of the observation to management, (2) identify the root cause of the incident, (3)
identify and implement corrective action(s), and (4) involve the Contractor’s management in the
process.

B. Design, Build, Own, Operate (dbo²) Requirements

1. Harvard University utilizes safety inspection software and database system developed and
maintained by Design, Build, Own, Operate (dbo²) SafetyNet. The software program involves
the field observation and collection of data, data entry into a handheld device or computer, and
synchronization of the data with the dbo² website. The information is then used to communicate
with responsible parties and forecast trends that develop as data is collected. It is Harvard’s
intent to require the use of dbo² SafetyNet on all construction projects, dependant upon size and
duration.
2. The General Contractor for each project with greater than $25,000,000 in volume will be
required to purchase and use the software. The contract purchased with dbo² will then be based
on project duration. For estimating purposes, assume the following:
a. Six months to one year: $8,400. This contract includes set-up, training, and use of the
software for up to four (4) users. This contract does not include provision of the
handheld devices for data input. The contractor shall purchase at least one handheld
device (Blackberry-type phone or Pocket PC) for use with dbo².
b. One year to three years: $13,200 per year. This contract includes set-up, training, and
use of the software for up to eight (8) users. This contract does not include provision
of the handheld devices for data input. The contractor shall purchase at least one
handheld device (Blackberry-type phone or Pocket PC) for use with dbo².
c. Three years or greater: $19,800 per year. This contract includes set-up, training, and
use of the software for up to twelve (12) users. This contract does not include
provision of the handheld devices for data input. The contractor shall purchase at least
one handheld device (Blackberry-type phone or Pocket PC) for use with dbo².
3. Each contract purchased with dbo² will include the initial project set-up, initial training by dbo²,
and access to the information databases, specific to that project.
4. For General Contractors that have an existing, company-wide contract with dbo² for SafetyNet,
the General Contractor shall allow ‘zone-sharing’ between Harvard and the General
Contractor, specific to individual projects only. The cost for this shall be borne by the General
Contractor.
5. To establish the contract for SafetyNet, contact dbo² through www.dbo2.com or at (650) 587-
0100, mentioning specifically that this contract applies to Harvard University work.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 69
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
6. Inspections shall be conducted as follows:
a. General Contractor Project Manager: One inspection per month.
b. General Contractor Project Superintendent: One inspection per week.

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


c. Project Safety Manager: One inspection per day (>$25,000,000 contract volume) or
one inspection per week (<$25,000,000 contract volume)
7. For projects utilizing dbo², all safety-related observations by the Contractor must be collected in
electronic form by each individual safety inspector and entered into a single database using a
system (the "Safety System") that enables HUEH&S and the HUPM to view and analyze all
observations collected on a daily basis, to remotely monitor and evaluate each Contractor’s and
each individual inspector’s participation in the safety program, to change inspection requirements
and to communicate safety alerts to all inspectors and Contractors no less frequently than daily.
The Safety System must further enable each Contractor to compare its own safety observations
with all others on the project on a real-time basis, must utilize hand-held or mobile devices for
the collection of observations or inspection data and uploaded no less frequently than daily, and
must ensure the privacy and security of all data collected in accordance with industry best
practices.

C. OSHA Inspections

1. It is the policy of Harvard University to allow OSHA to conduct an inspection of the project.
The General Contractor will accompany the OSHA Compliance Officer at all times and make
arrangements for the meetings between OSHA, Subcontractors, and organized labor
representatives. Subcontractors will inform the General Contractor of the issuance of any
OSHA citations and provide a copy when requested. Posting of any citations is the responsibility
of each employer
2. The HUPM and HUEH&S must be notified immediately of all OSHA inspections immediately.
Harvard University reserves the right to attend any walkthrough or inspection by an OSHA
Compliance Officer.

D. Owner Inspections

1. The HUPM, his designee, the insurance company, HUEH&S representative, or Program Safety
Director (if OCIP) reserve the right to conduct inspections of the project. The General
Contractor will be notified of inspections in advance, and shall provide a representative from the
general contractor’s staff to accompany the inspector.
2. It is the responsibility of the General Contractor to correct any unsafe observations, whether an
act or condition, in the manner and within the timeframe agreed upon during the inspection.
These inspections in no way detract from the General Contractor’s overall responsibility to
inspect the project, and administer the project safety and health plan.

Best Practice
In order to increase the effectiveness of project inspections, many contractors have chosen to utilize
competitive advantage when assessing quantity and quality of inspection. For instance, the Safety Manager
may elect to track and record each of the project inspections conducted by the project team. Results are
reviewed collectively, and inspectors with the greatest number or best quality inspections may be offered an
incentive award. Encourage inspectors to actively seek out hazards and follow them through all the way to
correction. Project inspections play an invaluable role in maintaining high levels of safety.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 70
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
Section 17 – Moisture Control and Mold Prevention
A. General Requirements

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


1. It is the responsibility of the General Contractor to ensure that work is conducted and phased
so that water and moisture do not pose a threat to either the project Employees or the building
occupants. Water and moisture infiltration shall be considered when planning and phasing
activities on the project.
2. The General Contractor, or his designee, is responsible for review and comment of roofing
systems and details, waterproofing systems and details, HVAC systems and details (unless
responsibility for this is expressly accepted by another party), vapor barrier design and details.
3. The Project Safety Manager shall ensure that all Employees potentially exposed to mold or
water-borne illness possess the knowledge, training, and skill required to perform the duties for
which they are assigned. In addition, a PTP shall be completed prior to any operation, hazards
shall be clearly identified, and hazard controls defined. The PTP shall be reviewed with the work
crews daily prior to the start of work, and where conditions change.

B. Moisture Control Plan

1. Where impact to the building envelope is anticipated or part of the project scope, the General
Contractor shall develop and implement a Moisture Control and Mold Prevention Program,
specific to that project’s operations, which meets or exceeds the guidelines listed in this Standard.
2. The Moisture Control and Mold Prevention Plan shall address the following, at a minimum:
a. Project phasing and logistical planning that ensures either temporary or permanent
protection in place that prevents the infiltration of water/moisture into the building;
b. Communication of expectations and restrictions to Contractors bidding project work;
c. Construction of the building envelope, including the phasing and materials used;
d. Storm water control and disposal;
e. Methods used to seal the building envelope prior to placement and installation of finish
systems or materials prone to water intrusion and mold growth;
f. A water damage response protocol that addresses notification, inspection,
documentation, actions, repair/replacement, and closeout.
g. Pressurization of buildings or sections of buildings under construction (positive
pressure maintained once sealed);
h. HVAC protection, installation, and commissioning plans.

C. Moisture/Water/Mold Prevention

1. A pre-roofing conference shall be coordinated and chaired by the General Contractor. The
roofing Contractor or waterproofer shall attend and participate in the meeting. The meeting
shall address the requirements outlined in this Standard.
2. Upon construction of the roof level(s), and prior to installation of finish systems or HVAC, the
General Contractor shall ensure the temporary sealed condition of the roof, including drain
systems. Permanent roofing installation must be overseen and inspected by either the
manufacturer’s representative or a qualified third-party inspector.
3. Waterproofing systems shall be designed by a Massachusetts-Registered Professional Engineer.
Installation of waterproofing systems must be overseen and inspected by either the
manufacturer’s representative or a qualified third-party inspector.
4. Drywall, where installed on a wall, shall be installed a minimum of one-half (1/2) inch off of the
finished floor, unless otherwise dictated by contract drawings or details.
5. HVAC ductwork shall be covered in storage. Once installed, and prior to start-up, the open ends
of ductwork shall be sealed.
6. HVAC air handling unit intakes or vents shall be filtered during construction. The condition of
the filters shall be monitored by the HVAC Contractor and replaced as necessary.
7. Water leaks or infiltration must be responded to by the General Contractor within 24 hours.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 71
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
D. Moisture/Water/Mold Intrusion Response

1. Where water or moisture has intruded into the building or structure, the cause of the infiltration

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


shall be determined and corrected. The water shall be removed immediately, and the area dried.
2. Where water has contacted materials or equipment, the material must be completely dried and
inspected by the Project Safety Manager prior to installation. The equipment or materials shall
be monitored daily for a period of one week following the event to ensure that no mold growth is
present.
3. Where mold growth is observed, the affected areas shall be removed and disposed by qualified
handlers working under a remediation plan, specific to the event.
4. Mold growth shall be reported to the HUPM or his designee upon observation. An inspection of
the affected area, including the cause(s) related to the intrusion, shall be conducted by the
General Contractor.
5. Documentation of water intrusion events, including descriptions of affected areas, abatement
actions, and photographs shall be submitted to the HUPM and the applicable insurance company
upon completion.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 72
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
Section 18 – OSHA Partnerships
The University encourages general contractors and contractors to participate in partnership programs with the

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


Occupational Safety and Health Administration. The University will fully endorse general contractors and
contractors who seek certification or recognition through Alliances, Partnerships, and Voluntary Participation
Programs.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 73
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
Section 19 – Personal Protective Equipment
A. General Requirements

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


1. The hierarchy of controls shall be utilized wherever feasible. Engineering controls shall first be
implemented, followed by administrative controls, followed lastly by personal protective
equipment.
2. All work involving the use of personal protective equipment shall, at a minimum, comply with
OSHA29CFR Part 1926.95 through 1926.134, including all appendices.
3. Each Contractor requiring employees to use personal protective equipment is required to have a
personal protective equipment safety program, specific to that Contractor’s operations, which
meets or exceeds the guidelines listed in this Standard.
4. The employer’s Competent Person shall ensure that all Employees potentially exposed to
hazards associated with or mitigated by personal protective equipment possess the knowledge
and skill required to perform the duties for which they are assigned. In addition, a PTP shall be
completed prior to any operation, hazards shall be clearly identified, and hazard controls defined.
The PTP shall be reviewed with the work crews daily prior to the start of work, and where
conditions change.
5. Where construction operations take place in existing facilities or buildings, each employee shall
comply with the facility/building-specific requirements regarding personal protective equipment,
where these requirements are more stringent than those outlined in this Standard.
6. It is the responsibility of each Contractor to supply their employees with required personal
protective equipment.
7. Project personal protective equipment requirements shall be maintained from commencement of
project activities through completion of the project. All persons within the defined project area
are required to abide by the project’s personal protective equipment requirements or this
Standard, whichever is more stringent.

B. Clothing Requirements

1. Appropriate work clothing shall be worn at all times to minimize common exposures including
lacerations, abrasions, sun, cold, and contact with contaminants. Each contractor’s Competent
Person or Safety Representative shall assess the task at hand and shall determine the
appropriate level of protection required. Loose clothing or jewelry that may catch or become
entangled is prohibited.
2. Shirts that cover the shoulders and torso, including four (4) inch sleeves (minimum) are
acceptable. Tank tops and cut-offs are prohibited. NOTE: Full-arm shirts, coveralls, or jackets
may be required for operations where additional exposure is possible.
3. Long work pants are required. Shorts and sweat pants are prohibited.
4. Reflective vests meeting the requirements of ANSI 107-1999, Class II, shall be worn where
employees are potentially exposed to heavy equipment or vehicular traffic. NOTE: The
University presumes that all employees are potentially exposed to heavy equipment or vehicular
traffic during certain phases of projects including utility work, excavation, foundations, structure
erection (wood, steel, or concrete), and exterior sheathing/enclosure. During these phases of
work, at a minimum, all project employees shall be required to don reflective vests.

C. Eye and Face Protection

1. At a minimum, safety glasses meeting the requirements of ANSI Z87.1, including side shields,
shall be worn at all times on the construction project. Additional eye and face protection shall be
required where flying objects, chemical hazards, or other recognized hazards are present.
2. Each contractor’s Competent Person or Safety Representative shall assess the task at hand
and shall determine the appropriate level of protection required.
3. The use of chain saws, grinders, demolition saws, etc., requires the use of full face shields in
addition to safety glasses.
4. Operations that require the employee to look in an upward direction, including drilling, cutting,
etc., require the use of tight-fitting goggles for prevention of falling debris.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 74
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
D. Foot Protection

1. At a minimum, sturdy, leather work boots shall be worn at all times on the construction project.

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


Boots shall be above the ankle.
2. Each contractor’s Competent Person or Safety Representative shall assess the task at hand
and shall determine the appropriate level of protection required. For certain operations (jack
hammering, demolition), safety-toed boots or boots with metatarsal guards may be required.

E. Hand Protection Policy

1. Hand protection shall be worn at all times on the construction project, except where the hands
are not used or exposed to hazards (i.e. walking, standing, or writing). NOTE: It is presumed by
the University that all employees’ hands are exposed to hazards (laceration, abrasion, puncture,
crushing, chemical contact, electrical, etc.) when being used to touch or handle tools, equipment,
materials, or debris. Exception: the use of hand protection while using certain rotating or
reciprocating equipment may cause a hazard of the glove becoming entangled in the equipment.
This hazard must be assessed by the Competent Person. Where it is determined that this
potential exists, hand protection may be foregone. Suitable alternative protection or guarding
and/or increased levels of training may be required to minimize/eliminate physical hazards to the
hands in these isolated cases.
2. Each contractor’s Competent Person or Safety Representative shall assess the task at hand
and shall determine the appropriate level of protection required. It is the responsibility of each
Contractor to determine the appropriate type of hand protection required for each task.
3. Where puncture or contact with sharp objects is possible (i.e. handling metal studs, ductwork,
using utility knifes, etc.), employees shall don cut-resistant or cut-proof gloves.
4. Where dermal contact with substances known or anticipated to cause adverse reactions with the
skin (i.e. concrete work, paints, epoxies, etc.), or where skin absorption of a hazardous material is
possible, employees shall don chemical-resistant gloves appropriate to the potential exposure.

F. Head Protection

1. At a minimum, non-conductive hard hats meeting the requirements of ANSI Z.89.1 shall be
worn at all times on the construction project.
2. The brim of the hard hat shall face forward when in use. Where other protective equipment is
worn on the head, face, neck, eyes, or ears, it shall not interfere with the fit or use of the hard hat.
3. Each contractor’s Competent Person or Safety Representative shall assess the task at hand
and shall determine the appropriate level of protection required.

G. Hearing Conservation

1. Hearing Conservation shall comply with the requirements of 29CFR Part 1926.52.
2. Where hearing protection is worn to minimize noise-induced hearing loss, the noise-reduction
rating (NRR) of the hearing protection shall effectively reduce the noise level to below 90 dBA.
For construction, noise-reduction ratings shall be considered to be one-half (1/2) of the listed
rating. Example: The listed NRR for a particular brand of earplug is 32 dBA. The earplug will
be considered to effectively reduce noise by 16 dBA. NOTE: This practice of reducing the NRR
by one-half is considered to effectively compensate for field conditions, improper fitting, and
changes in noise levels.
3. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to determine/prove that hearing protection standards
are acceptable and practical.
4. As a general rule, any operation that produces noise levels where one must raise one’s voice to be
heard from a distance of three (3) feet will be considered to be above the permissible exposure
level of 90 dBA, and will require the use of engineering controls or hearing protection to
effectively reduce noise levels.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 75
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
H. Respiratory Protection

1. Where engineering or administrative controls fail or are inadequate to prevent potentially harmful

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


inhalation exposures to employees, the employer shall provide respiratory protection in
accordance with 29CFR Part 1926.103 (1910.134). NOTE: This requires that the employer has
assessed, either through an initial or negative exposure assessment, the levels of contamination
present during the operation. Where the employer assumes that the employee is overexposed to
the contaminant(s) of concern, the employee shall be protected as if in a worst-case scenario until
proven otherwise.
2. Where employees are not required to wear respiratory protection, but do so voluntarily for their
own comfort or perceived protection, the guidelines listed in 29CFR Part 1910.134 Appendix D
shall be followed. The training listed in Appendix D shall be documented and retained in the
project files.
3. The University does not recognize the use of disposable dust masks as protection from silica or
any other contaminant exposure for the purposes of construction activities.

Best Practice
The ‘hierarchy of controls’ dictates that hazards be reduced or eliminated through engineering controls (as
primary solution), administrative controls (as secondary alternative) and PPE as the final alternative.
Oftentimes hazards can be reduced or eliminated through simple engineering controls. For instance, where
excessive noise is caused by machinery or equipment (e.g. a generator), consider placing the equipment
away from the work area. Consider using wet methods for controlling dust as opposed to respirators. For
work at elevation, consider installing guardrails in lieu of providing a personal fall arrest system. Where
operations are planned in advance of their actual commencement, hazards can be identified and solutions
can be implemented that minimize common hazards. The results will generally provide not only a safe
work environment, but will typically improve production as well.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 76
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
Section 20 – Public Protection
A. General Requirements

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


1. Protection of the public and students shall comply with this Section, the Manual on Uniform
Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD), and Sections 11.E and 12.B of this Standard, and the
Harvard University Construction Mitigation Specifications, at a minimum.
2. All necessary precautions shall be taken to prevent injury to the general public and students, and
damage to property of others. Work shall not be permitted in any area occupied by the general
public unless specifically permitted by the contract or in writing by the HUPM.

B. Traffic Control Plan

1. Where the public, either vehicular or pedestrian traffic, may be impacted, interrupted, or re-
routed, the General Contractor shall compile and provide a Traffic Control Plan. The Traffic
Control Plan shall be submitted to the HUPM and the Harvard University Mitigation Manager
for review and comment.
2. The Traffic Control Plan shall include the following:
a. Project location and Contractor Name;
b. The purpose for the obstruction;
c. The duration of the obstruction;
d. A sketch, either hand or computer drawn, showing the street names, obstruction
location, placement and types of signs, and the protective measures (barrels, plates,
cones, arrow-boards, etc.) used to protect the Employees and the public;
e. The excavation size, Dig Safe number, and associated utility permit numbers (where
applicable);
f. The location of equipment (i.e. crane or concrete pump), including the size, weight, and
ground bearing pressures).
3. Where the impact/interruption/traffic re-routing occurs in Cambridge, the approved Traffic
Control Plan shall be submitted to the Cambridge Department of Public Works along with the
permit application for the operation. These permits include: Sidewalk Obstruction (No
Excavation), Street Excavation, Crane/Boom Truck/Pump Truck Placement, and Temporary
Construction Access.
4. Where the impact/interruption/traffic re-routing occurs in Boston (Allston), the approved
Traffic Control Plan shall be submitted to the Boston Transportation Department along with the
Street Occupancy Permit application for the operation.
5. Where the impact/interruption/traffic re-routing occurs in cities or towns other than Boston or
Cambridge, the approved Traffic Control Plan shall be submitted to the responsible municipality
or department overseeing roadway work.

C. Public Protection Requirements

1. When it is necessary to maintain public use of work areas involving sidewalks, entrances to
buildings, lobbies, corridors, aisles, stairways and vehicular roadways, the General Contractor
shall protect the public with appropriate guardrails, barricades, temporary fences, overhead
protection, temporary partitions, shields, mirrors, and adequate visibility.
2. Sidewalks, entrances to buildings, lobbies, corridors, aisles, doors or exits shall be kept clear of
obstructions to permit safe entrance and exit of the public at all times.
3. Appropriate warnings and instructional safety signs shall be conspicuously posted where
necessary. In addition, a flag person shall control the movement of motorized equipment in areas
where the public might be endangered.
4. Sidewalk shed canopies, catch platforms and appropriate fences shall be provided when it is
necessary to maintain public pedestrian traffic adjacent to the erection, demolition, or structural
alteration of outside walls on any structure.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 77
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
5. Where work must be performed above building entrances and exits, whether on the construction
site or part of a public area, canopies shall be installed and enclosed so as to fully protect
pedestrians from falling objects. These canopies shall be capable of withstanding the maximum

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


forces that could be applied from potential falling objects, considering the maximum fall distance
from the elevated work area to the canopy. This is the responsibility of the Contractor.
6. In areas adjacent to public walkways or travelways, canopies shall be installed and enclosed so as
to fully protect pedestrians and vehicles from falling objects. These canopies shall be capable of
withstanding the maximum forces that could be applied from potential falling objects,
considering the maximum fall distance from the elevated work area to the canopy. This is the
responsibility of the Contractor.
7. In addition to the site fence required by the contract, drawings, and contract documents, the
following shall apply:
a. A temporary fence shall be provided around the perimeter of above-ground operations
adjacent to public areas. Perimeter fences shall be at least six (6) feet high. They may be
constructed of wood or metal frame and sheathing, wire mesh, or a combination of
both. When the fence is adjacent to a sidewalk near a street intersection, at least the
upper portion of fence shall be open wire mesh.
b. Guardrails shall be provided on both sides of vehicular and pedestrian bridges, ramps,
runways, and platforms. Pedestrian walkways elevated above adjoining surfaces, or
walkways within six (6) feet of the top of excavated slopes or vertical banks shall be
protected with guardrails. Guardrails shall be constructed in accordance with Section
11.F of this Standard.
c. A crosswalk must contain: striping, curb cut for handicap access, and a traffic cone with
a sign indicating a $100 fine for not stopping for pedestrians in crosswalks.
8. Barricades meeting local requirements shall be provided where sidewalk shed or bridges, fences,
or guardrails as referenced above are not required between work areas and pedestrian walkways,
roadways or occupied buildings. Barricades shall be secured against accidental displacement and
shall be maintained in place except where temporary removal is necessary to perform the work.
During the period a barricade is temporarily removed for the purpose of work, a watchman shall
be placed at all openings.
9. Temporary sidewalks shall be provided when a permanent sidewalk is obstructed by the
Subcontractor’s operation. They shall be installed in accordance with the requirements listed
above.
10. Warning lights shall be maintained from dusk to sunrise around excavations, barricades or
obstruction in the public areas. Illumination shall be provided from dusk to sunrise for all
temporary walkways in both public and construction areas.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 78
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
Section 21 – Safety Meetings
A. Annual Program Evaluation and Improvements Plan Meeting

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


1. Each project shall hold a Program Evaluation and Improvements Plan Meeting at least once per
year. The meeting shall be conducted in accordance with Section 3.C of this Standard.

B. High Hazard Planning Meeting

1. Prior to commencement of each high hazard operation conducted on the project, the General
Contractor shall coordinate and chair a High Hazard Planning Meeting.
2. The general contractor’s Project Manager, Project Safety Manager, General Superintendent,
and Area Superintendent (if assigned), the subcontractor’s Project Manager, Safety
Representative, and Foreman shall attend this meeting. The HUPM and HUEH&S shall be
invited to attend this meeting.
3. At a minimum, the following activities/operations require that a High Hazard Planning Meeting
be held:
a. Critical Lifts
b. Energized Electrical Work
c. Hazardous Waste Remediation or Abatement
d. Leading Edge Work
e. Precast Concrete Erection
f. Scaffold Erection
g. Steel Erection (meeting shall also comply with 29CFR Part 1926.752)
h. Structural Demolition
4. The High Hazard Planning Meeting shall address the policies, procedures, coordination,
communication, and training that will be required or employed during the activity. The meeting
shall be documented, and meeting minutes shall be distributed by the General Contractor to all
attendees.

C. Monthly Management Safety Meeting

1. The general contractor Project Manager and Project Safety Manager shall coordinate and co-
chair a Management Safety Meeting at least once per month.
2. The following persons shall attend the meeting:
a. General Contractor Project Manager
b. General Contractor Project Safety Manager
c. General Contractor Project Superintendents
d. Subcontractor Safety Representatives
e. Subcontractor Foremen and Competent Person
f. Union Stewards (where applicable)
The HUPM and HUEH&S shall be invited to attend the Monthly Management Safety Meeting.
3. The following shall be reviewed at the Monthly Management Safety Meeting:
a. Review of incidents and accidents from the previous month, including corrective
actions and responsibilities;
b. Review of upcoming project operations and activities – pre-planning;
c. Review of the current project safety performance (incident rates, dbo², etc.);
d. Communication of Safety Bulletins from the previous month;
e. Training and discussion on a special safety topic, pertinent to the project.
4. The meeting shall be documented, and meeting minutes shall be distributed by the General
Contractor to all attendees. Each Contractor shall use the minutes of the meeting to conduct a
tool box talk with their respective employees.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 79
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
D. Monthly Mass (All Hands) Safety Meeting

1. The general contractor’s Project Safety Manager shall coordinate and chair a Mass Safety

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


Meeting at least once per month. This meeting may be held in the field or in a room large
enough to safely hold the number of attendees. This meeting is expected to be concise and brief.
2. All project Employees, staff, and management shall attend this meeting. The HUPM and
HUEH&S shall be invited to attend the Monthly Mass Safety Meeting.
3. The following shall be reviewed at the Monthly Mass Safety Meeting:
a. A brief review of incidents and accidents from the previous month, including corrective
actions and responsibilities;
b. Distribution of Safety Bulletins from the previous month;
c. A brief training session on a special safety topic, pertinent to the project.
4. A meeting outline shall be distributed to each attendee at the meeting. Where comments or
suggestions are provided by an attendee during the meeting, the suggestion/comment shall be
documented and addressed.

E. Monthly Safety Committee Meeting

1. Each project greater than $25,000,000 in volume shall hold a Safety Committee Meeting at least
once per month. The meeting shall be conducted in accordance with Section 3.F of this
Standard.

F. Owner/Architect/Contractor (OAC) Meeting

1. On projects where OAC meetings are held, the attendees shall be briefed on the status of the
project safety program, including milestones, achievements, injuries and incidents, and upcoming
activities by the general contractor Project Manager or Project Safety Manager. It is
advantageous to the efficiency of the meeting that safety be the first topic discussed.

G. Pre-Construction Safety Meeting

1. The General Contractor shall coordinate and chair a Pre-Construction Safety Meeting for each
Contractor (of all tiers) working on the project. This meeting shall be held at least two (2) weeks
prior to the commencement of the work by the Contractor.
2. The following persons shall attend this meeting:
a. General Contractor Area Superintendent
b. General Contractor Project Safety Manager
c. Subcontractor Project Manager
d. Subcontractor Superintendent
e. Subcontractor Foreman and Competent Person
f. Subcontractor Safety Representative

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 80
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
3. The Pre-Construction Safety Meeting shall review and address the following:
a. Competent Person Requirements
b. Coordination and logistics

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


c. Electrical Safety
d. Emergency Response Procedures and Meeting Locations
e. Environmental Requirements
f. Equipment Inspections
g. Fall Protection Requirements and Practices
h. Fire Prevention and Protection Requirements and Practices
i. High-hazard activities
j. Housekeeping Requirements
k. Incident/Accident reporting procedures
l. Insurance Requirements
m. Major Requirements of this Standard (applicable to the Subcontractor)
n. Material Deliveries and Storage
o. MSDS Locations and Program Requirements
p. Pre-Qualification Requirements
q. Project Disciplinary Action Requirements
r. Project Goals
s. Project Safety Representation/Coverage
t. Public Protection Requirements and Practices
u. Recordkeeping
v. Safety Meetings
w. Subcontractor’s general scope of work
x. Submittals required by the Subcontractor (HASP, Competent Person, HazCom, etc.)
y. Substance Abuse Program Requirements
z. Training
4. The meeting shall be documented, and meeting minutes shall be distributed by the General
Contractor to all attendees.

H. Weekly Coordination and Safety Meeting

1. On projects where Weekly Coordination Meetings (often referred to as Foremen’s Meetings) are
held, the attendees shall be briefed on the status of the project safety program, including
milestones, achievements, injuries and incidents, and upcoming activities by the general
contractor Project Manager or Project Safety Manager. It is advantageous to the efficiency of
the meeting that safety be the first topic discussed.

Best Practice
Many general contractors have chosen to conduct the Pre-Construction Safety Meeting in a ‘group’ setting.
In other words, where all or several of the project’s subcontracts have been awarded prior to actual
commencement of construction operations, all awarded subcontractors are invited to attend this meeting
together. Additional ‘one-on-one’ time may be necessary to discuss a particular subcontractor’s scope of
work, but this may be done separately. This practice allows the general contractor to maximize efficiency,
and allows all contractors to hear the exact same message from the general contractor.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 81
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
Section 22 - Scaffolding
A. Definitions

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


1. Scaffold. Any temporary elevated platform (supported or suspended) and its supporting
structure (including points of anchorage), used for supporting materials or employees or both.
The term scaffold includes mast-climbing scaffolds.

B. General Requirements

1. All scaffold work and practices shall, at a minimum, comply with OSHA29CFR Part 1926.450
through 1926.452, and 1926.454, including all appendices, the requirements outlined in this
Standard, and the manufacturer’s recommendations and requirements.
2. Each Contractor requiring employees to erect, dismantle, adjust, or work on or from scaffolds is
required to have a scaffold safety program, specific to that Contractor’s operations, which meets
or exceeds the guidelines listed in this Standard. This program shall be part of the Contractor’s
HASP.
3. The employer’s Competent Person shall ensure that all Employees potentially exposed to
hazards associated with scaffolds possess the knowledge and skill required to perform the duties
for which they are assigned. In addition, a PTP shall be completed prior to any operation,
hazards shall be clearly identified, and hazard controls defined. The PTP shall be reviewed with
the work crews daily prior to the start of work, and where conditions change.
4. Fall protection requirements for scaffolds are outlined in Section 11 of this Standard.
5. Scaffolds under erection or dismantling shall not be used, except where patching at tie-back
locations is required during dismantling. Only the uppermost tie-back shall be removed at any
one time, and only after the scaffold above the tieback has been removed.
6. The scaffold erector shall compile a PTP prior to erecting or dismantling scaffolding. The PTP
shall be submitted to the general contractor’s Area Superintendent and Project Safety
Manager for review and approval.
7. Mobile scaffolds (i.e. rolling scaffolds or Baker-type scaffolds) require that guardrails are installed
when the working platform is equal to or greater than three (3) feet above the walking or working
surface.
8. Where a mast-climbing scaffold is to be erected and used:
a. Prior to installation of a mast-climbing scaffold, a review shall be conducted by a
Commonwealth of Massachusetts-Registered Professional Engineer. The review shall
specifically include the foundation requirements and structural connection details. The
Engineer’s report shall be submitted to the General Contractor, scaffold erector, and
project structural engineer for review.
b. An erection, dismantling, and inspection plan shall be submitted to the General
Contractor prior to erection of a mast-climbing scaffold. The plan shall include, at a
minimum, the procedures required to erect/dismantle/inspect the scaffold, a list of the
qualified individuals who will perform the work, a Crane Hoist Plan, and fall protection
procedures to be employed.
c. The designated operator(s) shall be trained in the use, daily inspection and maintenance,
and emergency procedures associated with the operation of the mast-climbing scaffold.
This training shall be conducted by the manufacturer or his designee, documented, and
a copy shall be provided to the General Contractor upon completion. Untrained
operators shall not operate the scaffold.
d. Following erection or installation, the mast-climbing scaffold shall be inspected by the
manufacturer or his designee, and shall be documented. This inspection report shall be
submitted to the General Contractor upon completion.
e. During use of a mast climbing scaffold, guardrails shall be installed on all sides,
including the front face. Where guardrails cannot be installed on the front face,
manufacturer-supplied outriggers and planks shall be installed so that the opening
between the structure and the platform does not exceed three (3) inches. Where the
planks must be removed from the outriggers for the scaffold to ascend or descend (i.e.
around the tiebacks), fall protection shall be used by the employees on the platform.
NOTE: Where the manufacturer allows or recommends a gap between the face of

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 82
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
building and the edge of platform greater than three (3) inches, provisions shall be made
to protect workers on the platform from falling.
f. Access to mast-climbing scaffolds, where the scaffold platform is equal to or greater

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


than nineteen (19) inches above the landing level, shall consist of a fixed stair or ladder.

C. Inspection

1. The General Contractor shall develop and implement a scaffold inspection program, specific to
the project that meets the requirements of this Section, at a minimum.
2. A tag system shall be used for scaffolds erected, dismantled, and used on the project. The tag
system shall use color-coded tags as follows:
a. Where scaffolding is being erected or dismantled, or is not otherwise 100% complete
and ready to use, the tag color shall be RED, and shall denote that the scaffold is not
safe to use.
b. Where scaffolding is 100% complete and ready to use, the tag color shall be GREEN.
c. Where special requirements are necessary for scaffold users, the tag color shall be
YELLOW, and shall denote the special requirements (e.g. fall protection required on
outriggers, etc.)
3. An inspection tag shall be conspicuously posted at each access point onto the scaffold.
4. Where scaffolding is erected on behalf of the General Contractor or other Contractor for use
by other than the erector, the scaffold erector and the owner/renter of the scaffold shall conduct
a complete and thorough inspection prior to allowing employees onto the scaffold. The
inspection shall be documented (see Appendix Q – Scaffold Inspection Form), and both the
erector and owner/renter shall certify by signature that the inspection has been completed.
5. The Competent Person for each Contractor working on the completed/inspected scaffold shall
conduct an inspection of the scaffold prior to allowing any employee to use the scaffold. The
Competent Person shall certify by signature, date, and company name that the inspection has
been completed. The signature shall be clearly denoted on the inspection tag.
6. Following erection or installation, the hoist or elevator shall be inspected by the manufacturer or
his designee, and shall be documented. This inspection report shall be submitted to the General
Contractor upon completion.

Best Practice
Many contractors have elected to utilize a commercially-available scaffold tag system. These systems are
available at most safety supply houses, and are easy to install and use. The color-coded system of
red/yellow/green has become widely recognized in the scaffold industry, and offers immediate verification
of inspection to scaffold users.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 83
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
Section 23 – Signs, Signals, and Barricades
A. General Requirements

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


1. Signs, signals, and barricades shall, at a minimum, comply with OSHA29CFR Part 1926.200
through 1926.203, and the requirements outlined in this Standard.
2. Where caution tape is used as a warning to employees, caution signs denoting the hazard shall be
secured to the tape. Employees are allowed to pass or cross caution tape only after assessing the
hazards posted on the caution signs. Caution tape and signs shall be erected around all sides of
the controlled area, and at each access point.
3. Where danger tape is used as a warning to employees, danger signs denoting the hazard shall be
secured to the tape. Employees, except those engaged in the operation for which the tape/signs
were erected, are not allowed to pass or cross danger tape. Danger tape and signs shall be
erected around all sides of the controlled area, and at each access point.
4. Exit signs shall be located at each exit stairway or ladder opening.
5. Upon completion of the operation requiring signs/signals/barricades, all signs, signals, and/or
barricades shall be removed.

Best Practice
The term ‘Danger’, as commonly seen on warning tape (danger tape), connotes that the observer MUST
not enter the cordoned-off area without explicit permission or accompaniment by an authorized person.
The term ‘Caution’, as commonly seen on warning tape (caution tape), connotes that the observer should
assess the posted hazard prior to entering the cordoned-off area. This may seem like a subtlety, but the
implications can be immense. As an employer, manager or foreman, ensure that those to whom you are
responsible understand and obey the posted warnings. In addition, when cordoning or protecting an area
with warning tape, ensure that the proper type of tape (or sign) is used.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 84
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
Section 24 – Steel Erection
A. General Requirements

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


1. All steel erection work and practices shall, at a minimum, comply with OSHA29CFR Part
1926.750 through 1926.761, including all appendices, the requirements outlined in this Standard,
and the structural engineer’s/designer’s recommendations and requirements.
2. The steel erector, in consultation with the General Contractor shall provide a Site-Specific
Erection Plan in accordance with 29CFR Part 1926.750 Appendix A. The plan shall be
submitted to the general contractor’s Area Superintendent and Project Safety Manager for
review and approval.
3. Each Contractor that conducts steel erection is required to have a steel erection safety program,
specific to that Contractor’s operations, which meets or exceeds the guidelines listed in this
Standard. This program shall be part of the Contractor’s HASP.
4. The employer’s Competent Person shall ensure that all Employees potentially exposed to
hazards associated with steel erection possess the knowledge and skill required to perform the
duties for which they are assigned. In addition, a PTP shall be completed prior to any operation,
hazards shall be clearly identified, and hazard controls defined. The PTP shall be reviewed with
the work crews daily prior to the start of work, and where conditions change.
5. Fall prevention or protection systems are required for all project Employees and trades that are
potentially exposed to falls equal to or greater than six (6) feet. NOTE: It is presumed by the
University that fall prevention and protection systems can be safely implemented, installed, and
used with proper planning and training. Fall protection requirements for steel erection,
including controlled decking zones, are outlined in Section 11 of this Standard.
6. Where double connections are made during steel erection, the connection shall comply with
29CFR Part 1926.756(c). This requirement shall also apply to double connections made through
or across the web of beams (not only beams over columns). Where double connections are not
designed with staggered connection points, the beam to remain shall be temporarily welded or
positively supported and secured so as to prevent the beam from coming dislodged should it be
struck.
7. No Employee shall connect a personal fall arrest system component (e.g. lanyard) to a beam or
column where a double connection is being made.
8. Where multiple-lift rigging and hoisting of structural steel (Christmas treeing) is proposed, the
Contractor shall submit a Multiple-Lift Rigging and Hoisting Plan to the Project Safety
Manager for review.
9. The Project Safety Manager shall submit the proposed Multiple-Lift Rigging and Hoisting Plan
to the HUPM and HUEH&S (and/or the OCIP Program Safety Director for OCIP projects) for
review and comment. Permission to use multiple-lift rigging is not automatically granted to all
projects. Each contractor bidding steel erection operations at the University must plan for single-
lifting of all structural steel. Where multiple-lift rigging and hoisting is deemed appropriate by the
HUPM and HUEH&S, the steel erector shall issue a credit to the contract with the General
Contractor (or other prime-tier contractor).

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 85
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
Section 25 – Substance Abuse Policy
A. Definitions

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


1. Medical Review Officer (MRO). A person who is a licensed physician and who is responsible for
receiving and reviewing laboratory results generated by an employer’s drug testing program and
for evaluating medical explanations for certain drug test results.
2. Third Party Administrator (TPA). A service agent that provides or coordinates the provision of a
variety of drug and alcohol testing services.

B. General Requirements

1. The use of illegal drugs or the abuse of alcohol, prescription or controlled substances on or off
duty by project employees, whether actively employed or seeking employment on Harvard
projects, is inconsistent with a safe, healthy and productive work environment. The policy directs
the establishment and maintenance of an effective program for achieving a drug-free workforce.
2. The intention of this program is to establish this project as a drug and alcohol free workplace in
order to ensure safe and productive working conditions with due regard for the personal privacy
interests of project employees. It is not the intention of the policy to intrude on off-duty
activities of project employees away from the project site unless those activities have a job related
impact.
3. The basic elements of the program are as follows:
a. Use, possession, or sale of illegal drugs or alcohol on the Owner's property is
prohibited.
b. Employees who report for work with illegal drugs, prescription drugs causing
impairment that affects the employee’s ability to perform his or her job duties safely, or
alcohol in their system will not be permitted to remain on the project. Such employees
will be barred from the project in accordance with Sections C, D, and E below. The
program will apply to all project personnel, including on-site management.
c. Employees taking prescription medication are required to advise their supervisor of
such drug use in advance of the workday. The supervisor, in conjunction with the
employee, must determine if the medication may potentially impair the employee’s
ability to perform his or her job duties safely. In this case, the employee shall not be
allowed access to the project, and shall be advised to inform his or her physician of the
effect on this person’s job duties.
d. Persons who violate these rules will not be permitted access to the project.
4. The policy will be enforced by drug and alcohol testing. Special safeguards have been undertaken
to ensure that testing will be conducted by a qualified vendor, under strict guidelines, including
provisions to ensure test reliability, employee privacy and confidentiality. All confirmatory
testing will be conducted by a NIDA/SAMHSA certified laboratory, in accordance with the
Mandatory Guidelines for Federal Workplace Testing programs established by the U.S.
Department of Health and Human Services, as amended.
5. The Owner will retain oversight over all Contractor programs and will monitor test procedures
for consistency and policy compliance. It is the responsibility of the General Contractor to
ensure compliance with this program for all contractor employees through monitoring and
coordination with the TPA.
6. The General Contractor and each Subcontractor shall bear the entire cost of all drug and
alcohol testing for its employees working on this project unless otherwise directed by the Owner.
7. This Substance Abuse Policy is intended to comply with the Harvard University Project Labor
Agreement (PLA) for Major Construction, Renovation, and Rehabilitation, dated May 1, 2007
and signed into effect on June 18th, 2007. Where conflicts exist between this document and the
May 1, 2007 Harvard PLA Substance Abuse Program, for projects covered under the PLA, the
Program requirements, as defined in the PLA, shall prevail.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 86
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
C. Pre-Employment Screening (Job Applicants)

1. The special circumstances and working conditions on this project warrant special assurances that

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


General Contractor and Subcontractor personnel employed at the site are certified as drug-free
before they are eligible for regular employment. Specimens will be collected prior to the General
Contractor and Subcontractor employees being permitted to perform any work on project site.
2. All General Contractor and Subcontractor employees will be required to satisfactorily complete
a drug test, unless such employee provides acceptable documentation that he/she has tested drug
free within the preceding six months by a NIDA/SAMHSA certified laboratory. Specimens will
be collected during in-processing on the project or at a designated off-site location. Applicants
who report to the in-processing site who display reasonable cause to suspect they may be
impaired by alcohol may be subject to alcohol testing as described in Section H below.
3. General Contractor and Subcontractor employees will only be granted access to the project
after a “Negative” initial drug test. A document confirming that the employee has successfully
completed a “Negative” initial drug test will be issued by the testing agency and shown to the
Project Safety Manager. Only after the result is confirmed “Negative” will an employee be
permitted access to the project and permitted to attend the project safety orientation.
4. Any General Contractor or Subcontractor employee whose test results are “inconclusive” shall
not be allowed access to the Project, until test results have been verified in accordance with
Section G below.
5. Any General Contractor or Subcontractor employee who’s confirmed test results are
“Positive” shall be barred from the project in accordance with Section F below.
6. Refusal on the part of any employee to comply with the testing procedure will permanently
disqualify the employee from consideration for employment on the Project until such time as the
applicant certifies, in writing, a willingness to comply with this Program.
7. Where the applicant tests ‘positive’, he or she shall be paid two hours of straight time for
participating in the orientation and/or screening program. Where participation in the orientation
and/or screening program requires more than two hours of the applicant’s time, the applicant
shall be paid a maximum of four hours of straight time. Payment for time spent is the
responsibility of the Employer, and shall not be charged to the Owner.

D. Reasonable Suspicion/For Cause

1. All employees are subject to a substance test where there is reasonable suspicion/cause to suspect
that an employee has an in-system presence of intoxicants or drugs on the job or in a job status.
An employee will not be tested after initial testing under this paragraph unless employee conduct
or other related circumstances provide a reasonable basis to believe that the employee may have
ingested an intoxicating substance and/or is suffering from impairment of some sort while on
duty. If testing results from an observation, the observation must be confirmed by a second
member of General Contractor’s staff, or Owner, or Owner’s Representatives who has received
appropriate training on the detection of possible impairment through observation. Observation
shall be reviewed with a union steward, if applicable, and provided the steward is readily available.
Before an employee is referred for reasonable cause testing, the action must be approved by a
senior member of the General Contractor’s staff (above foreman/supervisor) or by the Owner.
2. Employees removed from duty for reasonable cause testing will remain off duty until test results
are received. If the employee tests “Negative” for drugs or alcohol, the General Contractor or
Subcontractor shall be responsible for back pay for the time missed. Such payment will not be
subject to reimbursement from the Owner, or Owner’s Representatives.
3 Any General Contractor or Subcontractor employee who’s confirmed test results are
“Positive” shall be barred from the project in accordance with Section F below.
4 Refusal on the part of any employee to comply with the testing procedure will permanently
disqualify the employee from consideration for employment on the Project until such time as the
applicant certifies, in writing, a willingness to comply with this Program.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 87
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
5 Employees are entitled to request the presence of a Union steward in pre-test meetings with
Contractor management. Provided a Union representative has been requested and is readily
available, no specimen will be collected until the steward can meet with Contractor

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


representatives. The procedures described in this paragraph shall not operate to impede timely
collection of test specimens.

E. Post Accident/Incident/Injury

1. An employee who is injured during the course of their employment on site or involved in an
accident/incident in the course of job duties which involves use of vehicular equipment, heavy
equipment, power tools or other dangerous instrumentality or working conditions which result in
a lost time injury or substantial property damage (generally in excess of $1,000) will be tested.
2. Any testing required will be conducted as soon as possible, but no later than the end of the work
day. Any employee removed from duty for post-accident/incident/injury testing will remain off
duty until test results are received.
3. Any General Contractor or Subcontractor employee whose confirmed test results are
“Positive” shall be barred from the project in accordance with Section F below.
4. Refusal on the part of any employee to comply with the testing procedure will permanently
disqualify the employee from consideration for employment on the Project until such time as the
applicant certifies, in writing, a willingness to comply with this Program.
5. Employees are entitled to request the presence of a Union steward in pre-test meetings with
Contractor management. Provided a Union representative has been requested and is readily
available, no specimen will be collected until the steward can meet with Contractor
representatives. The procedures described in this paragraph shall not operate to impede timely
collection of test specimens.

F. Disciplinary Action

1. Possession of illegal drugs on the job or in a job status shall be cause for permanent bar from the
Project site or Project employment.
2. Use of illegal drugs on the job or in a job status shall be cause for permanent bar from the
Project site or Project employment.
3. Selling, aiding, or abetting the sale of or conspiring to sell illegal drugs or prescription drugs on
the job or in a job status shall be cause for permanent bar from the Project site or Project
employment.
4. System presence of illegal drugs or alcohol shall result in immediate bar from the project. An
employee may be considered for re-employment on the Project provided the employee
satisfactorily completes a drug test conducted by a NIDA/SAMHSA certified laboratory or an
approved drug rehabilitation program at the employee’s expense not less than sixty days
following the initial disqualification. Upon successful completion of such a subsequent test or
program, the applicant will be eligible for Project employment providing, as a condition of
continuing employment, the employee voluntarily agrees in writing to submit to substance testing
at the Owner or General Contractor’s request for a period of six months.
5. Possession or use of prescription drugs without a valid prescription or alcohol on the job or in a
job status shall be cause for permanent bar from the Project site or Project employment.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 88
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
G. Test Procedures

1. Confirmatory testing procedures, including which drugs are to be screened, chain of custody and

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


threshold and confirmation test levels shall comply with the Mandatory Guidelines for Federal
Workplace Testing Programs established by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services.
Initial screening shall be conducted utilizing instant test methodology for cannabinoids
(marijuana), cocaine, amphetamines, phencyclidine (PCP) and opiates.
2. Pre-Employment, Post Accident/Incident/Injury, and Reasonable Suspicion drug tests shall be
by RapidTox test, or its equivalent. If the instant test is “Negative”, there shall be no further
testing. If the drug test is “Inconclusive”, the specimen shall be split and will be sent to a
NIDA/SAMHSA lab. If the subsequent test(s) (Immunoassay Screen or GC/MS) comes back
from the lab as “Negative”, the employer shall be responsible for any back pay owed to the
employee at no cost to the Owner, or Owner’s Representatives. Urine specimens shall be
collected in such a manner as to give the employee as much privacy as possible without
compromising the reliability of the test.
3. The employer shall also contact the Third Party Administrator for any employee whose test result
is initially “Inconclusive” and shall continue to contact the Third Party Administrator until the
test result is confirmed “Negative” or confirmed “Positive”.

H. Alcohol Screening

1. Alcohol screening will be conducted in reasonable suspicion/for cause circumstances. Alcohol


screening shall be conducted utilizing certified Breath Alcohol Testing devices. A test result
greater than .08 b.a.c. is considered a “Positive” result and in violation of the policy.

I. Test Results

1. Any “Positive” test for drugs shall be reported to a Medical Review Officer (MRO). The Medical
Review Officer shall review the test result and shall attempt to interview the employee to
determine if there is any physiological or medical reason why the result shall not be deemed
positive. If the MRO declares the test “Positive”, notification shall be provided first to the
employee and then to the employer's Designated Employer Representative (DER). If the
employee is a member of a local union, the employer shall notify the area business agent that the
individual "failed to satisfy the employment requirements of the project."

J. Split Specimen Test

1. In the event of a confirmed “Positive” result, the following shall apply for split specimen testing:
a. The employee, Union, or employer may request a split specimen test within three
working days from notice of a “Positive” test result by the MRO.
b. The drug testing laboratory shall package the split specimen and send the specimen to a
designated certified laboratory at the request of the employee, Union, or employer. The
cost associated with the split specimen test shall be at the expense of the employee,
Union, or employer. Costs for the split specimen test will be paid in advance by the
requesting party.
c. Split specimen tests shall be conducted by an NIDA/SAMHSA certified laboratory.
The laboratory shall endeavor to notify the MRO of “Positive” test results within five
working days after receipt of the specimen. In the event the initial test proves to be a
“Negative” result instead of the original “Positive” result, and the employee has paid for
the test, costs for the split specimen test shall be reimbursed to the employee by the
employer at no cost to the Owner, or Owner’s Representatives.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 89
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
K. Chain of Custody

1. The collection facility and the laboratory shall establish and maintain a forensically acceptable

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


chain of custody.
2. The collection facility must establish and maintain a forensically acceptable chain of custody,
which includes the specimen technicians, the substance testing laboratory and the Medical
Review Officer. It will be the responsibility of the Third Party Administrator and the laboratory
to ensure that the appropriate chain of custody is maintained.

L. Refusal

1. Failure to sign the appropriate release forms or to comply with the testing procedures shall result
in the employee being barred from the Project until such time as the applicant certifies, in
writing, a willingness to comply with this Program. Signing the consent form shall not waive any
individual rights available under federal and state law.

M. Confidentiality Requirements

1. Strict confidentiality shall be maintained at all times for all substance abuse testing program
activities. All information generated in connection with the testing program is inherently
sensitive and is to be treated as confidential.
2. In implementing this program care must be taken to:
a. Safeguard all written reports by maintaining separate, secured files and limiting written
and verbal communications to the necessary functions of this procedure.
b. Conduct testing as privately as possible.
c. Limit the number of persons involved in testing activities to essential personnel only.
d. Prohibit the communication of confidential information about searches, tests,
investigations, or the results of same to persons not authorized to receive it, including
family members, friends, union representatives, or law enforcement agencies.
e. Release information only to those necessary to administer site employment, safety, and
security; in response to legal process or when a written release has been obtained from
the individual involved.
f. Drug and/or alcohol test results shall only be released to designated employee
representatives from the General Contractor, Subcontractor, Owner, or Owner’s
Representatives. Written authorization from the donor of the urine specimen and/or
breath alcohol test shall be required for any others requesting drug and/or alcohol
results. Federal, state, and/or local authorities will be able to obtain drug and/or
alcohol test results only with a subpoena. The procedure to release drug and/or alcohol
results is per 49CFR Part 40 of the federal guidelines.

N. Statistical Reports

1. The Third Party Administrator shall provide a report indicating the individuals that passed the
drug test by the end of each month. The reports and method of reporting shall also meet strict
confidentiality protocol. The Third Party Administrator shall provide monthly reports on all test
results to the Owner, General Contractor and Project Safety Manager. The reports shall be
sorted by employer, number of tests performed, percent of Negative test results, number of tests
for the month and the number of tests to date.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 90
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
Section 26 – Training
A. General Requirements

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


1. Training requirements shall comply with 29CFR Part 1926.21, other applicable requirements, and
the requirements of this Standard, at a minimum.
2. Training of employees is ultimately the responsibility of the employer.
3. Each employer shall maintain records of training, and these records shall be produced upon
request. Where employees demonstrate an inadequate level of the training or understanding, the
General Contractor shall require the employer to conduct additional training.
4. All Employees on University Projects shall possess an OSHA 10-Hour Construction Safety
Outreach Training card. Training cards will be presented during the orientation, and copies
made. Employees without this certification will have 30 days from the date of his or her initial
entry to undergo this training and produce the training card.
5. All Supervisors, Foremen, and Safety Representatives on University Projects shall possess an
OSHA 30-Hour Construction Safety Outreach Training card. Training cards will be presented
during the orientation, and copies made. Supervisors, Foremen, and Safety Representatives
without this certification will have 30 days from the date of his or her initial entry to undergo this
training and produce the training card.

B. Orientation

1. The General Contractor shall develop a Safety Orientation Program, specific to the project.
The Safety Orientation Program shall address and review the following items, at a minimum:
a. Project Safety Goals
b. Aerial Lift Use Requirements
c. Competent Person Instructions
d. Confined Space Permit and Procedures
e. Lock-Out/Tag-Out Requirements
f. Electrical Safety
g. Emergency Response Procedures
h. Environmental Requirements
i. Equipment Inspection and Safety
j. Excavation Requirements
k. Fall Prevention and Protection Requirements
l. Fire Prevention and Protection Requirements
m. Hazard Communication and Container Labeling
n. Housekeeping Requirements
o. Incident/Accident Procedures and Reporting
p. Project Disciplinary Action Program
q. Safety Inspection Criteria
r. Personal Protective Equipment Use and Limitations
s. Public Protection
t. Safety Management Systems Requirements and Practices
u. Scaffold Requirements
v. Signs, Signals, and Barricades Requirements
w. Substance Abuse Policy Guidelines
x. Training Requirements (OSHA 10/30, etc.)
2. Each employee entering the project shall undergo the Safety Orientation within twenty-four (24)
hours of entry onto the project.
3. Each employee who has undergone the Safety Orientation shall receive a sticker for the
placement on the outside of the hardhat that clearly identifies satisfactory completion of the
Orientation. In addition, each employee shall receive a copy of the orientation for their records
and use.
4. The General Contractor shall maintain a log of all persons who have undergone the Safety
Orientation, including the name, signature, date, and trainer’s name.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 91
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
C. Pre-Task Planning

1. For each task or operation undertaken at the project, the Competent Person or Safety

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


Representative for each Contractor shall compile a PTP.
2. The PTP shall break down the operation or task into basic job steps, shall identify the hazards
associated with each job step, and shall identify the hazard control measures associated with each
hazard. The PTP shall also include a checklist of major items to be addressed in every PTP.
Appendix R – Pre-Task Plan Form may be used to satisfy the documentation for this
requirement.
3. Following completion of the PTP, and prior to commencement of the task or operation, the PTP
must be submitted to the general contractor’s Area Superintendent and Project Safety
Manager for review, comment, and approval.
4. The approved PTP shall be used to conduct a Pre-Task Plan Meeting with the employees who
will perform the work covered under the PTP, and shall be conducted in the field by the
Competent Person or Foreman. Each attendee shall be instructed as to the requirements
listed in the PTP, and shall acknowledge this training by signing the PTP.
5. The PTP will be amended and resubmitted where the operation or job steps change. Where
changes are made and approved, the Pre-Task Plan Meeting shall be conducted again.
6. The PTP shall be posted in the immediate work area, and shall be produced upon request.

Best Practice
Pre-task planning is an extremely effective method for identifying potential hazards and their solutions.
Many contractors have chosen to engage their workforce when creating a pre-task plan for certain
operations. This allows the workforce to participate in the process of safety, and often allows for unique
input from the workers that actually conduct the work.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 92
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
Section 27 – Visitor Policy
A. General Requirements

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND STANDARD – REVISION 1, JANUARY 1, 2010


1. All visitors to the project will be required to sign in with the General Contractor at which time
they will receive a brief safety orientation for the project.
2. Personnel thoroughly familiar with the safety requirements of the job will escort all visitors.
3. Prior to entering the project, all visitors must read, understand, and sign the Visitor Form. The
Visitor Form located in Appendix Q can be used to satisfy this requirement. Where the General
Contractor develops a project-specific Visitor Form, the requirements and terminology listed in
Appendix Q shall be matched.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard Page 93
Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
APPENDICES

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Construction EH&S Standard


Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
HARVARD UNIVERSITY

APPENDIX A – PROJECT SUBMITTAL LIST


Appendix A is a list of items requiring submittal under this Standard. NOTE: Not all items outlined in the submittal list
will apply to all projects. The HUPM and HUEH&S, in consultation with the General Contractor, will determine the
applicability of items in question. The deliverable list includes items that are required specifically by Harvard University
and that are not required as part of federal, state, or local requirements (i.e. requirements that exceed minimum
expectations).

The Project Submittals List is not intended to be an all-inclusive list of submittals. It is the responsibility of each
Contractor to read and understand the requirements listed in the Construction Safety, Health, and Environmental
Standard.
The submittals listed below shall be submitted by the Contractor to the General Contractor, as required:
Submittal Item – NOTE: Items Bolded are required for ALL projects. Reference Applicable N/A to
Non-bolded items apply based on the defined scope of the project. Section to Scope Scope
Competent Person Identification Form 3 Yes
Confined Space Permit Form 4
Pre-Demolition Engineering Survey 6
Pre-Demolition Inspection Checklist 6
Shutdown/Disruption Permit Form Multiple
Energized Electrical Work Form 7
Hazardous Waste Plan 8
Waste Management Plan 8
Written Procedure for Crane Erection, Jumping, and/or Dismantling 9
Crane Operator’s License/Certification 9
Engineer’s Report for Crane/Hoist Erection 9
Crane Annual Inspection Form 9
Crane Hoist Plan Form 9
Critical Lift Plan Form 9
Written Procedures for Elevator Erection, Dismantling, and/or Inspection 9
Guardrail Removal Permit Form 11
Hot Work Permit Form 12
Documentation for High Hazard Planning 21
Documentation of Preconstruction Safety Meeting 21
Written Procedure for Scaffold Erection, Dismantling, and Inspection 22
Engineer’s Report for Mast-Climbing Scaffold 22
Scaffold Inspection Form 22
Site-Specific Erection Plan for Steel 24
Pre-Task Plan Worksheet 26 Yes

The submittals listed below shall be submitted by the General Contractor to the Owner, as required:
Submittal Item – NOTE: Items Bolded are required for ALL projects. Reference Applicable N/A to
Non-bolded items apply based on the defined scope of the project. Section to Scope Scope
Annual Safety Program Evaluation and Improvements Plan 3
Project Hazard Analysis (PHA) 3 Yes
Project Safety Manager’s Resume 3 Yes
Monthly Safety Report 3 Yes
Shutdown/Disruption Permit Form Multiple
Notification of Air Emissions and/or Environmental Releases 8
Hazardous Waste Plan 8
Hazardous Waste Manifests 8
UST Design Documents 8
NPDES NOI/SWPPP/NOT 8
Fire Prevention and Protection Plan 12 Yes
Emergency Management Plan 15 Yes
Supervisor’s Accident/Incident Investigation Form 15
Post-Incident Review (7-Step) Meeting Form 15
Documentation/Notification of OSHA Inspections 16
Traffic Control Plan 20

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Page 1 of 1


Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
HARVARD UNIVERSITY

APPENDIX B – PROJECT DELIVERABLE LIST


As part of this Standard, a list of items requiring delivery or action by the General Contractor or his designee is provided.
NOTE: Not all items outlined in the deliverable list will apply to all projects. The HUPM and HUEH&S, in
consultation with the General Contractor, will determine the applicability of items in question. The deliverable list is
intended to highlight to the estimator or purchasing agent the items that offer a potential cost impact to the project,
outside of the costs typically associated with construction/renovation/alteration/demolition projects. The deliverable
list includes items that are required specifically by Harvard University and that are not required as part of federal, state, or
local requirements (i.e. requirements that exceed minimum expectations).

The Project Deliverable List is not intended to be an all-inclusive list of deliverables. It is the responsibility of each
Contractor to read and understand the requirements listed in the Construction Safety, Health, and Environmental
Standard.

Deliverable Item – NOTE: Items Bolded are required for ALL projects. Non- Reference Applicable N/A to
bolded items apply based on the defined scope of the project. Section to Scope Scope
Contractor and Subcontractor Assessment Program 2
1. Requires each General Contractor and Subcontractor to submit
documentation and company information via the Harvard University
Environmental, Health, and Safety website for the purpose of contractor
rating.
Safety Management Systems 3
1. The General Contractor is required to abide by an Accountability Program
(minimum standard) for the project that includes fines and warnings.
2. For projects >1 year, requires that a Safety Program Evaluation and Improvements
Plan Meeting be held by the HUPM with the General Contractor. The
Improvements Plan is developed by the General Contractor.
3. For projects >$25,000,000, requires the establishment of a Safety Committee for the
project, including representation by each trade and the General Contractor’s staff.
4. Requires the General Contractor to designate a Project Safety Manager for
the project. For projects >$25,000,000, the Project Safety Manager is dedicated.
Confined Spaces 4
1. All confined spaces are treated as permit-required.
2. Confined space entries require permits (issued by the Project Safety Manager),
elevated training levels, monitoring, rescue equipment.
Control of Hazardous Energy (LO/TO) 5
1. Requires all equipment to be serviced in a zero energy state.
2. Requires lock-out/tag-out of all hazardous energy.
3. Requires compliance with a specific procedure (minimum standard) for lock-
out/tag-out.
Demolition 6
1. For structural demolition, contractors are required to have an Engineering Survey.
2. Requires completion of a pre-demolition inspection & checklist.
Electrical Safety 7
1. Requires compliance with NFPA 70-E, including prohibition of working on
energized electrical systems, except where continuity of service is essential to life
and health.
2. Requires the use of a permit (issued by Contractor, signed by Project Safety
Manager and HUPM and facility manager) for all shutdowns and disruptions to
operating systems.
3. Minimum of 10 foot-candles required for all spaces.
4. Requires the placement of illuminated exit signs at all below-grade exit
stairs/ladders.
5. Requires Type-O HID lamps.
6. Disallows Assured Grounding Programs cords and outlets.
7. Requires monthly inspection of all GFCI-protected outlets.
8. Requires specific protection for temporary underground services.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Page 1 of 4


Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
HARVARD UNIVERSITY

APPENDIX B – PROJECT DELIVERABLE LIST


Deliverable Item – NOTE: Items Bolded are required for ALL projects. Non- Reference Applicable N/A to
bolded items apply based on the defined scope of the project. Section to Scope Scope
Environmental and Occupational Health 8
1. The General Contractor is required to submit an Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) Plan.
2. The General Contractor is required to submit EPA certifications for workers and
equipment related to CFCs and documentation on CFC leaks.
3. The General Contractor is required to review and understand the project-specific
hazardous material survey prior to the commencement of any
renovation/demolition work.
4. The General Contractor is required to submit a Wheel Washing Plan.
5. The General Contractor is required to submit a Hazardous Waste Plan.
6. The General Contractor is required to submit documentation on the source of all
off-site borrow material brought on site.
7. The General Contractor is required to have the appropriate spill equipment and
training to prevent and contain spills of oil and hazardous chemicals.
8. The General Contractor is required to prepare and submit a Stormwater Pollution
Prevention Plan (SWPPP), and subsequent SWPPP inspection reports, for the site.
9. The General Contractor is required to develop and implement a Waste Management
Plan that sets forth requirements regarding debris/waste generation, disposal, and
recycling.
Equipment Safety 9
1. Requires all motorized equipment to be inspected prior to entry onto the project.
2. Requires a written plan for tower/gantry crane erection/jumping/dismantling.
3. Requires NCCCO certification for crane operators of cranes on the project for 5
days or greater.
4. Requires 3rd party inspection of lattice-boom, tower, and gantry cranes after the
crane’s erection.
5. Requires completion of a Crane Hoist Plan for all hoisting operations.
6. Requires completion of a Critical Lift Plan for all critical lifts.
7. Requires a PE stamp on personnel hoists, including development of an Erection,
Dismantling, and Inspection Plan.
8. Requires specific overhead protection for permanent elevator construction.
9. Requires the use of only Type 1A portable ladders.
10. Requires compliance with ANSI Z136.1-2007 for use of lasers, including signs and
training.
Excavation and Trenching 10
1. Requires guardrails and fall protection at excavations 6’ or greater in depth.
2. Requires placement of detectable warning tape (or contract-specific markings) atop
all utilities.
3. Requires the Contractor to maintain a drawing of all utilities, shutoffs, and contacts.
Fall Protection 11
1. Requires fall protection for all trades working at or above 6’.
2. Disallows the use of signs or warning lines to delineate Controlled Access Zones.
3. Requires that a permit, issued by the Project Safety Manager, be completed for
removal of guardrails.
4. Requires protection of depressions or projections in the floor.
5. Requires fall protection for ladders unless specific criteria are met, and where used
above 10’.
6. Requires horizontal lifelines be manufactured type or designed by a PE.
7. Requires manufactured type vertical lifelines.
8. Requires fall protection for roofing operations, steel erection, scaffold use and
erection/dismantling.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Page 2 of 4


Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
HARVARD UNIVERSITY

APPENDIX B – PROJECT DELIVERABLE LIST


Deliverable Item – NOTE: Items Bolded are required for ALL projects. Non- Reference Applicable N/A to
bolded items apply based on the defined scope of the project. Section to Scope Scope
Fire Prevention and Protection 12
1. Contractors are required to develop a Project-Specific Fire Prevention and
Protection Plan (worksheet is provided).
2. For new construction, requires purchase and placement of a Knox Box (1300 Series)
for placement at the project fence line or entrance for use by the fire department
during emergencies.
3. Requires the use of only fire-retardant tarping and poly sheeting.
4. Requires daily removal of combustible debris and flammable/combustible liquids
and gases from the building.
5. Dictates specific storage and containment requirements for flammable/combustible
liquids and gases, and non-flammable compressed gases.
6. Requires the use of a Shutdown/Disruption Permit, authorized by facility manager
and HUPM, prior to shutdown/disruption of fire alarms and sprinkler systems.
7. Requires temporary fire protection including fire extinguishers, standpipes, and fire
alarms.
8. Requires that all hot work operations are issued a Hot Work Permit by the Project
Safety Manager.
9. Hot work requires a dedicated fire watch, with exceptions.
10. Requires the use of flashback arrestors on both the gauge and torch end of burning
equipment.
11. Requires air monitoring for temporary heating operations.
Incident Management and Prevention 15
1. Requires the General Contractor to develop an Emergency Management Plan
for the project (worksheet provided).
2. Requires that a Post Incident Review Meeting (with required attendees) be held by
the General Contractor following all incidents involving medical attention, public
interruption or injury, property damage, or media event.
Inspections 16
1. For projects >25MM, requires the General Contractor to purchase and use a safety
inspection software program (dbo²). Costs vary dependant upon project duration.
2. Dictates minimum inspection expectations, defined by title/role.
Moisture Control and Mold Prevention 17
1. Where building envelope will be impacted, requires development of a moisture
control and mold prevention plan.
2. Requires that waterproofing systems are designed by a PE and inspected by the
manufacturer or 3rd party inspection service.
3. Requires specific responses to water intrusion and mold growth.
Personal Protective Equipment 19
1. Requires the use of head, eye, foot, and hand protection for ALL activities on
the project.
Public Protection 20
1. Requires the development of a Traffic Control Plan where the public is interrupted
or affected.
2. Requires specific public protection devices including guardrails, canopies, temporary
fence, etc.
Safety Meetings 21
1. Requires the General Contractor to coordinate and chair a meeting prior to the
commencement of any high-hazard operation.
2. Requires the General Contractor to coordinate and chair a Monthly
Management Safety Meeting. Requires attendance from Subcontractor
foremen and safety.
3. Requires ALL project workers and staff to attend a Monthly Mass Safety
Meeting, coordinated and chaired by the General Contractor.
4. Requires each Subcontractor to attend a Pre-Construction Safety Meeting
prior to that contractor’s commencement of activities on the project.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Page 3 of 4


Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
HARVARD UNIVERSITY

APPENDIX B – PROJECT DELIVERABLE LIST


Deliverable Item – NOTE: Items Bolded are required for ALL projects. Non- Reference Applicable N/A to
bolded items apply based on the defined scope of the project. Section to Scope Scope
Scaffolding 22
1. Requires that mast-climbing scaffold tiebacks/connections and base are designed by
a PE.
2. Requires that the erector/dismantler of mast-climbing scaffolds develop an
Erection/Dismantling Plan.
3. Requires the use of a scaffold inspection system, managed by the General
Contractor.
Steel Erection 24
1. Multiple-Lift Rigging (Christmas Treeing) review process.
Substance Abuse Policy 25
2. Requires all project Employees to submit a drug screen prior to employment, where
use is suspected, and following accidents/injuries. Cost of the drug screening is
born by the employer.
Training 26
1. Requires all project Employees to possess an OSHA 10-Hour Construction
Safety Outreach Training card. Foreman and supervisors are required to
possess the OSHA 30- Hour Construction Safety Outreach Training card.
2. Requires the General Contractor to develop and implement a Safety
Orientation Program.
3. Requires that each Contractor compile and use a Pre-Task Plan for every
task and operation on the project. The pre-task plan is reviewed with the
Employees prior to commencement of operations and wherever the
operation is changed/amended.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Page 1 of 1


Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
HARVARD UNIVERSITY

APPENDIX C – COMPETENT PERSON IDENTFICATION FORM


Each company is required to have a comprehensive safety and health program that provides for frequent and regular inspections of various
work areas, as applicable, by a designated competent person.

The following person(s), as applicable, will represent ______________________Print Name of Company______________________ as the competent person(s), as
defined by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) regulation 29 CFR 1926.32 (f).

The “Competent Person” means one who is capable of identifying existing and predictable hazards in the surroundings or working
conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to employees and who has the “Authority” to take prompt corrective
measures to eliminate them.
Aerial Lifts Asbestos
or or
Print Name of Competent Person Print Name of Competent Person Print Name of Competent Person Print Name of Competent Person

Bolting/Riveting/Fitting Concrete/Forms/Shoring
or or
Print Name of Competent Person Print Name of Competent Person Print Name of Competent Person Print Name of Competent Person

Confined Space Entry Cranes/Derricks


or or
Print Name of Competent Person Print Name of Competent Person Print Name of Competent Person Print Name of Competent Person

Demolition Electrical; LO/TO


or or
Print Name of Competent Person Print Name of Competent Person Print Name of Competent Person Print Name of Competent Person

Excavation/Trenching Fall Protection


or or
Print Name of Competent Person Print Name of Competent Person Print Name of Competent Person Print Name of Competent Person

First Aid/CPR Forklift Trucks


or or
Print Name of Competent Person Print Name of Competent Person Print Name of Competent Person Print Name of Competent Person

Hazardous Materials/Waste Handling Hearing Conservation


or or
Print Name of Competent Person Print Name of Competent Person Print Name of Competent Person Print Name of Competent Person

Ladders Lead
or or
Print Name of Competent Person Print Name of Competent Person Print Name of Competent Person Print Name of Competent Person

Material Handling Rigging


or or
Print Name of Competent Person Print Name of Competent Person Print Name of Competent Person Print Name of Competent Person

Scaffolding Welding/Cutting
or or
Print Name of Competent Person Print Name of Competent Person Print Name of Competent Person Print Name of Competent Person

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Page 1 of 1


Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
HARVARD UNIVERSITY

APPENDIX D – EXAMPLE CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PERMIT FORM

Entry Date:_____/_____/__________; Job Start Time: ______________; Job Completion Time: ______________
Description of Work to be Performed:
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
PERMIT IS VALID FOR 8 HRS OR UNTIL JOB COMPLETION TIME, WHICHEVER COMES FIRST

Confined Space ID Description of Space Classification

Permit Required

Building/Area Building Name/Address Location of Confined Space

Entry Checklist
Potential Hazards Identified? Yes No
Rescue Team on Stand-By (where entry rescue required)? Yes No
Pre-Task Plan Approved and Reviewed? Yes No
Entrants and Attendants Trained? Yes No
Area Secured? Yes No

Major Hazards Identified: (Atmospheric, Engulfment, Entrapment by Configuration, etc.)


1 5
2 6
3 7
4 8

Authorization
For any emergency or unacceptable entry condition, contact 911 and then UOS Emergency Operations Center at
(617)495-5560. The Project Safety Manager should also be notified.

We have reviewed the work authorized by this permit and the information contained here-in. Written instructions and
safety procedures have been reviewed and are understood. All requirements for entry were met including the
verification of acceptable entry conditions and the use of required PPE and entry equipment.

Entrant's Name: __________________________; Signature: _____________________________; Date: _______

Attendant's Name: ________________________; Signature: _____________________________; Date: _______

Entry Supervisor's: ________________________; Signature: _____________________________; Date: _______

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Page 1 of 2


Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
HARVARD UNIVERSITY

APPENDIX D – EXAMPLE CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PERMIT FORM


Initial Air Monitoring Results Prior to Entry

Acceptable Entry Conditions:


• All hazards identified and controlled • LEL < 2%
• O2 20.5% - 23.5% • CO < 17 ppm
• H2S < 5 ppm

Monitor Type: _________________________; Serial Number: ________________________________

Time: ___________ Oxygen: _________% LEL: _________% CO: _________% H2S: _________%
Calibration Performed? YES NO; Initials: _______ Notes: ______________________________________
Prohibited Conditions? YES NO; Describe: __________________________________________________

Monitoring Performed By (sign): _______________________________________;

Date: _______________; Time: _______________

Continuous OR Periodic Air Monitoring Results


Time: __________ Oxygen: _________% LEL: _________% CO: ________% H2S: ________%
Time: __________ Oxygen: _________% LEL: _________% CO: ________% H2S: ________%
Time: __________ Oxygen: _________% LEL: _________% CO: ________% H2S: ________%
Time: __________ Oxygen: _________% LEL: _________% CO: ________% H2S: ________%
Time: __________ Oxygen: _________% LEL: _________% CO: ________% H2S: ________%
Time: __________ Oxygen: _________% LEL: _________% CO: ________% H2S: ________%
Time: __________ Oxygen: _________% LEL: _________% CO: ________% H2S: ________%
Time: __________ Oxygen: _________% LEL: _________% CO: ________% H2S: ________%
Time: __________ Oxygen: _________% LEL: _________% CO: ________% H2S: ________%
Time: __________ Oxygen: _________% LEL: _________% CO: ________% H2S: ________%
Time: __________ Oxygen: _________% LEL: _________% CO: ________% H2S: ________%

Confined Space Equipment and PPE Used During Entry


o Harness/Tripod o Gloves
o Eye Protection o Light
o Hearing Protection o GFI
o Hard Hat o Communication (i.e., 2-Way Radio)
o Other:

Additional Safety Equipment


o Respirator: (Type) _____________________ o Chemical Protective Clothing
o Tripod and Hoist (Vertical Entries) o Fire Extinguisher
o Lifeline (Horizontal Entries) o Mechanical Forced Air Ventilation
o Other:

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Page 2 of 2


Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
HARVARD UNIVERSITY

APPENDIX E – EXAMPLE UTILITY DISRUPTION PERMIT FORM

BUILDINGS/ ROOMS DIRECTLY AFFECTED:

SYSTEMS INVOLVED:

REASON FOR SHUTDOWN:

REQUESTED DATE(S): DAY(S): DURATION:


(M-F, Sa, Su)

START TIME (Include Prep Time): END DATE/TIME:

Instructions: The General Contractor is responsible for completing this form and forwarding it to the Harvard University Project
Manager (HUPM) for coordination with University Groups. The HUPM and the General Contractor shall collaboratively
determine which systems/groups are affected and the appropriate contacts for each group. The HUPM is responsible for
reviewing this document prior to the utility disruption, for coordination purposes only, and is in no way responsible for the safety
of the workers performing the operation.

CONTRACTOR KEY CONTACT INFO:


Name: Name: Name:
Company: Company Company
Phone #: Phone #: Phone #:

Type of services affected: CHECK ALL AFFECTED UTILITIES THAT APPLY


POWER WATER AIR STEAM OTHER
Access Controls Chilled Water Supply-Ventilation High Pressure Natural Gas
Emergency Generator Condenser Water Supply-Cooling Medium Pressure Telephone
Emergency Power Hot Domestic Supply-Heating Low Pressure Data Network
Building Power Cold Domestic Exhaust-General Condensate Return Clocks
Elevator Heating Hot Water Exhaust-Kitchen Hoods Audio/Visual
Computers/Servers Exhaust-Toilet DRAINAGE ATM
Lighting FIRE PROTECTION Sanitary Crimson Cash
Corridors/Stairs Fire Suppression Storm Drain
Sprinkler Protection
Notifications may include the following. Please include other stakeholders as appropriate. All departments must consent to proceed.
Dept/Group Name Signature Consent to Date
Proceed?
(Yes/No)
Facilities Management
Operations Center
Fire Safety Services
Engineering & Utilities
Electrical Distribution
Food Services
Network Services
Media Services
Events Office
Dean of Students Office
Construction Mitigation
EH&S

Reviewed by (G.C.): Date:


Reviewed by (HUPM): Date:

Distribution: After each stage, HUPM/Owner’s Representative will determine distribution as required.
Always Includes: May Include: Other:
Initiator Engineering & Utilities Fire Safety Services Events Office
Facilities Management Construction Mitigation Network Services Dean of Students Office
Operations Center EH&S Food Services Media Services

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Page 1 of 1


Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
HARVARD UNIVERSITY

APPENDIX F – PRE-DEMOLITION INSPECTION CHECKLIST


Directions: Check that all of the following items have been addressed prior to initiating demolition activities.
[ ] Pre-Task Plan:
Pre-Task Plan is required for all construction activities at Harvard University.
[ ] Site plan:
Along with the Pre-Task Plan, identify areas of planned demolition on a site plan.
[ ] Controlled access:
The contractor shall confirm that the building is secured for controlled access by trained demolition personnel only.
[ ] Hazardous Materials Survey:
The contractor shall confirm that the building was surveyed for regulated hazardous materials (asbestos, lead paint, etc.)
and shall confirm that any necessary abatement has been performed.
[ ] Service connections:
Verify that before a structure is demolished or removed, all utilities having service connections within the structure (such
as water, electric, gas, sewer and other connections) have been notified. Demolition shall not proceed until a release is
obtained from the utilities, stating that their respective service connections and appurtenant equipment, such as meters
and regulators, have been removed or sealed and plugged in a safe manner. Check all utilities to ensure connections are
disconnected.
[ ] Notice to adjoining owners of intent, demolition and excavation:
Notice shall be given to the owners of adjoining properties at least one week prior to the commencement of work.
[ ] Portable fire extinguishers:
Verify that all buildings under demolition shall be provided with at least one portable fire extinguisher at each exit and
on all floor levels where combustible materials have accumulated. A portable fire extinguisher shall also be provided in
every storage and construction shed. Additionally, at least one portable fire extinguisher shall be provided where special
hazards, such as flammable or combustible liquid storage, exist.
[ ] Fire Department access:
Verify that fire department access shall be provided and maintained to all structures undergoing demolition. Fire
department access roadways shall be of an approved surface material capable of providing emergency vehicle access and
support at all times.
[ ] Dust Control/Mitigation:
Verify that sufficient and appropriate means and methods for dust control are available.
[ ] Removal of debris:
Verify that all waste materials be removed in a manner which prevents injury or damage to persons, adjoining properties
and public rights-of-way.
[ ] Removal of waste material:
Verify that material shall not be dropped by gravity or thrown outside the exterior walls of a building during demolition.
Wood or metal chutes shall be provided for the removal of such materials. Where the removal of any material will cause
an excessive amount of dust, such material shall be wet down to prevent the creation of a nuisance.
[ ] Lighting:
Verify that all stairways and parts of buildings under demolition shall be adequately lighted while persons are engaged at
work.
[ ] Grading of lot:
Where a structure has been demolished or removed, the vacant lot shall be filled, graded and maintained in conformity
to the established elevation of the street grade at curb level nearest to the point of demolition or excavation. Provision
shall be made to prevent the accumulation of water or damage to any foundations on the premises or the adjoining
property (refer to Stormwater Management requirements).
[ ] Other laws:
The contractor must follow all Federal, State and local regulations and ordinances for demolition. The contractor shall
contact each agency, as necessary, and obtain and produce all required permits and approvals.
[ ] DEP BPAQ06 Form:
The contractor has submitted the BPAQ06 Form to the Massachusetts DEP, and has received verification of the
submittal.

IN CASE OF EMERGENCY, CALL EMERGENCY SERVICES AT 911


AND THE UNIVERSITY OPERATIONS CENTER AT (617) 495-5560

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Page 1 of 1


Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
HARVARD UNIVERSITY

APPENDIX G – EXAMPLE ENERGIZED ELECTRICAL WORK PERMIT


(Source: NFPA 70E Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace 2004 Ed.)

PART I: TO BE COMPLETED BY THE REQUESTER

(1) Description of circuit/equipment/job location: _______________________________________________________


______________________________________________________________________________________________
(2) Description of work to be done:___________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________
(3) Justification of why the circuit/equipment cannot be de-energized or the work deferred until the next scheduled
outage:_________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________
Requester: ______________________________________________________________________________________
(Print Name) (Signature) (Date)

PART II: TO BE COMPLETED BY THE ELECTRICALLY QUALIFIED PERSONS DOING THE WORK
Check
Complete
[ ]
(1) Detailed job description procedure to be used in performing the above detailed work: _________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________ [ ]
(2) Description of the Safe Work Practices to be employed:________________________________________ [ ]
_____________________________________________________________________________________
(3) Results of the Shock Hazard Analysis: _____________________________________________________ [ ]
_____________________________________________________________________________________
[ ]
(4) Determination of Shock Protection Boundaries:______________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
[ ]
(5) Results of the Flash Hazard Analysis: ______________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________ [ ]
(6) Determination of the Flash Protection Boundary:_____________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________ [ ]
(7) Necessary personal protective equipment to safely perform the assigned task: _______________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________ [ ]

(8) Means employed to restrict the access of unqualified persons from the work area: ____________________ [ ]
_____________________________________________________________________________________
(9) Evidence of completion of a Job Briefing including discussion of any job-related hazards: ______________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
(10) Do you agree the above described work can be done safely? [ ] Yes [ ] No (If no, return to requester) _____
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Electrically Qualified Person(s): _____________________________________________________________________
(Print Name) (Signature) (Date)
_____________________________________________________________________
(Print Name) (Signature) (Date)
PART III: APPROVAL(S) TO PERFORM THE WORK WHILE ELECTRICALLY ENERGIZED

Contractor Safety Rep: ____________________________________________________________________________


(Print Name) (Signature) (Date)
HU Project Manager: _____________________________________________________________________________
(Print Name) (Signature) (Date)
Building/Facility Mngr: ____________________________________________________________________________
(Print Name) (Signature) (Date)

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Page 1 of 1


Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
HARVARD UNIVERSITY

APPENDIX H – EXAMPLE CRANE/HOIST PLAN FORM

Contractor:
Date(s) of planned lift(s): ____/____/_____ To: ____/____/_____
Time(s) of planned lift(s): ___:___ AM/PM to ___:___ AM/PM
Location of planned lift:

Description of planned lift:

Current Annual Certification of crane inspection copy submitted to the General Contractor?
_____ Yes _____ No** If “No”, lift may not commence until copy of certification has been submitted.
Current MA Hoisting License and Crane Operator’s CCO card copy submitted to the Construction Manager?
(CCO card required if crane operator will be on site for more than 5 days.) _____ Yes _____ No**
**If “No”, lift may not commence.
Name of Competent Person to inspect and perform rigging:
Type of rigging to be used:

Type/Quantity of material to be hoisted:

Method(s) to be utilized to barricade counterweight swing radius:

Method(s) used to barricade/prevent entry by personnel to areas below hoist swing area during operations:

Tag lines to be used to control hoisted load: _____ Yes _____ No**
**If “No”, explain below why tag lines cannot/will not be used:

Type and size of cribbing to be used under outrigger pads:

Safety Devices (anti-two block, boom limits, etc.) TESTED: _____ Yes ______No**
**If “No”, lift may not commence

Means of communication between crane operator and signal person

Forecasted Wind Speeds for date and time of planned lift (mph, sustained/gusting wind speeds): /
Maximum allowable wind speeds for crane to be used and material to be lifted:

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Page 1 of 2


Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
HARVARD UNIVERSITY

APPENDIX H – EXAMPLE CRANE/HOIST PLAN FORM


Rigging Data:
Sling Type: Synthetic/Wire Rope/Chain or Other:
Legible capacity tag(s) in place? ______ Yes _______ No**
**If “No”, sling cannot be used in lift and must be removed from service.
Number of legs: _______________________________________________________________________________
Sling angle:___________________________________________________________________________________
Sling capacity (at angle listed above): _______________________________________________________________
Means of fastening sling to hook or load:____________________________________________________________
Capacity of fastener: ___________________________________________________________________________
Capacity of spreader bar (include engineered, stamped data): _____________________________________________
Softners Required?______________________________________________________________________________
Other:

Crane Data:
Lattice Boom or Hydraulic Crane (make/model/size/SERIAL NUMBER):

Boom length: _________________________________________________________________________________


Counterweight Configuration: ____________________________________________________________________
Maximum load radius: __________________________________________________________________________
Maximum boom length:_________________________________________________________________________
Capacity in current configuration (in lbs.): ___________________________________________________________
Other:

Load Data:
Gross load weight (lbs.) + Rigging weight (lbs.) + Spreader bar weight (lbs.) + Main block weight (lbs.) + Headache ball weight (lbs.)

= TOTAL WEIGHT OF LOAD (lbs.) ______________

% Capacity of crane: ____________________________________ = _______________________ %


Load chart capacity @ max. radius

Approval Signatures:
Competent Person (Performing Calculations): _______________________________________________________________________
(Print Name) (Signature) (Date)

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Page 2 of 2


Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
HARVARD UNIVERSITY

APPENDIX I – EXAMPLE CRITICAL LIFT PLAN

Contractor:
Date(s) of planned lift(s): ____/____/_____ To: ____/____/_____
Time(s) of planned lift(s): ___:___ AM/PM to ___:___ AM/PM
Location of planned lift:

Description of planned lift: Lift Responsibilities:


Operator: _____________________________________
Signalman: ____________________________________
Rigger: _______________________________________
List Personnel with authority to abort a lift:
_____________________________________________
_____________________________________________

Pre-Critical Lift Planning Meeting:


_____ General Contractor, Project Safety Manager, crane rental representatives (when applicable), Subcontractor, Safety
Representative, and PIC (Person in Charge from General Contractor or Subcontractor) shall attend the pre-lift planning
meeting to plan the lift. This meeting is required for all critical lift crane activities on projects.
The following information shall be reviewed at the meeting:
1. Lift plan submittal with drawings.
2. Engineering calculation for lifting beams.
3. Rigging capacities.
4. Crane's most recent annual certification will be required the date of the crane's arrival on-site.
5. Maintenance and inspection records (most recent month/daily inspection).
6. Crane's make, model, and brief overview of the age and history of the crane.
7. Crane's complete load chart for boom length, counterweight, and configuration of the planned lift.
8. Certificate of insurance for the crane.
9. Crane operator's experience and special certification (i.e. CCO designation, long boom license, etc.)
Also review/record the following lift criteria:
1. Type of lift: _______________________________ 8. Type and size of cribbing or mats
2. Type and size of crane: ______________________ (size = crane weight/5): ______________________
________________________________________ 9. Subsurface conditions (i.e., underground utilities,
3. Need for jib or lattice boom extension: __________ voids or poor soil conditions): _________________
________________________________________ _________________________________________
4. Crane set-up/configuration: __________________ 10. Site conditions (i.e., power lines, tight site, traffic):
________________________________________ _________________________________________
5. Rigging calculations: ________________________ _________________________________________
________________________________________ _________________________________________
________________________________________ 11. Communications with operator (i.e., designated
6. Staging location for load (unloading/placement): ___ signalman, radios are required for night, blind, and
________________________________________ tandem picks): ____________________________
________________________________________ _________________________________________
7. Crane Capacity: _________________________________________
Total weight of load only: ___________________ 12. Swing radius protection: _____________________
Structural/Stability part of Load Chart: _________ _________________________________________
Maximum radius: __________________________ 13. Anti-two block requirements: _________________
Boom Length: ____________________________ _________________________________________
# of parts of hoist line/line pull: ______________ 14. Other notes/comments: ____________________
Crane’s configuration: ______________________ _________________________________________
________________________________________ _________________________________________
Weight of rigging/block, etc.:

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Page 1 of 2


Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
HARVARD UNIVERSITY

APPENDIX I – EXAMPLE CRITICAL LIFT PLAN

CRITICAL LIFT CHECKLIST


Crane Data: Pre-Lift Requirements (All must be checked YES):
Lattice Boom or Mobile Hydraulic: _______________ ____ Load chart utilized is for exact crane model;
__________________________________________ Serial number, boom type, length, tip, counter-
Crane (make/model/size): _____________________ weight
__________________________________________ ____ Person in Charge (PIC) of lift/employer:
Counterweight: ___________________________ lbs. _____________________________________
Maximum Load Radius: _____________________ ft. ____ Signal Person: __________________________
Boom Length: _____________________________ ft. ____ Pre-lift meeting with crew
Line Pull: _______________________________ lbs. ____ Valid crane certification
Load Chart Capacity at Maximum Radii: ________ lbs. ____ Daily inspection completed
____ Swing path not over personnel or other activities
Load Data: ____ Footing is sound and level
Gross Load Weight: _______________________ lbs. ____ Plan for radio or hand signal communication
+ Rigging Weight: _________________________ lbs. ____ Minimum clearances from power lines can and
+ Main Block: ____________________________ lbs. will be maintained
+ “Effective” Jib Weight: ___________________ lbs. ____ The load radius has been measured
+ Cable Weight: __________________________ lbs. ____ Wind gusts do not exceed 25 MPH.
+ Overhaul Ball Weight: ____________________ lbs. ____ Load will not touch boom at any time
____ Adequate head room/clearance
= Total Weight of Load: __________________lbs. ____ For tandem lifts, diagrams have been prepared
____ Non-essential personnel/activities removed
% Capacity = ____Total Weight Load_____ = ____ % ____ Tag lines (if necessary) are long enough, tied
load chart cap. at max radii only to the load (no knots), and in good
condition – also, loose ends controlled
Rigging Data: ____ Operating locations are far enough away from
Sling Construction: Dia. __________________ inches shoring, excavations, and trenches
Core Type: __________________ ____ Application of hardwood mats considered
Number of Legs: _____________________________ ____ Outriggers or crawler tracks are properly
Sling Angle (horizontal): _______________________ extended, and tires are clear of ground
Sling Capacity: ___________________________ lbs. ____ Application of blocking under outrigger pads
Means of Connecting (rigging) Load: _____________ considered
__________________________________________ ____ Adequate swing clearance (min. 2’) between the
__________________________________________ counterweight and any obstacles
Capacity of Connectors (rigging accessories): ____ Boom configuration meets manufacturer’s
_______________________________________ lbs. requirements
____ Machine is rigged with proper length/type of
cable, and number of parts of hoistline
____ Load block is of adequate capacity and sheaves
are of proper size for hoist cable.
____ All rigging has been inspected (cap./cond.)
____ Underground structures/conditions considered

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Page 2 of 2


Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
HARVARD UNIVERSITY

APPENDIX J – EXAMPLE GUARDRAIL REMOVAL PERMIT

Directions: 1. Determine necessity to remove/alter guardrail; is removal necessary


2. Complete this form in its entirety.
3. Forward to Project Safety Manager for review/approval.
4. Post signed copy conspicuously in the work area prior to guardrail removal.

Today’s Date: Proposed Guardrail Removal Date:

Proposed Guardrail Removal Time: Estimated Completion Time:

Contractor Name: Contractor Competent Person (Fall Protection):

Location of Proposed Guardrail Removal Work:

Description of Work/Reason for Removal of Guardrail:

Description of Fall Protection to be Used by Employees Removing Guardrail (include anchor point description):

Description of Fall Protection to be Installed at Work Boundary (i.e., Garlock temporary rail, etc.):

Description of Falling Object Protection in Area Below Guardrail Removal:

Trades/Contractors in Area That Will Be Affected:

APPROVALS:

Competent Person Name Signature Date

Project Safety Manager Signature Date

IN CASE OF EMERGENCY, CALL EMERGENCY SERVICES AT 911


AND THE UNIVERSITY OPERATIONS CENTER AT (617) 495-5560

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Page 1 of 1


Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
HARVARD UNIVERSITY

APPENDIX K – EXAMPLE FIRE PREVENTION AND PROTECTION PLAN WORKSHEET

Directions: This worksheet is intended to guide General Contractors through development of a site-specific fire
prevention and protection plan meeting the minimum requirements of Section 12 of the EH&S Standard. It does not
replace the requirement for submittal of a comprehensive project fire prevention and protection plan.

Project: General Contractor:


Project Address:
Project Type: New Construction Renovation
No smoking policy communicated to employees? Yes No
Designated outdoor smoking area established? Yes No
Identify the type of Knox box to be installed and Knox box location for new construction: N/A

Identify items to be maintained in Knox box:

Address displayed on perimeter fencing/barricades? Yes No


Will tarpaulins or poly-sheeting be used on the project? Yes No

If yes, include requirement for flame retardant tarpaulins and poly-sheeting in FPP Plan.
Outline procedures addressing removal of debris and general trash (section 13.C):

Compressed Gas Storage (section 13.D)


Will compressed gases be used on the project? Yes No
If yes, identify the following:

Types of compressed gases to be used

Location of compressed gas storage area (identify on site


plan)
Fire extinguishers, signage, barricades, and other
equipment present at storage area.

Fire department permit required and obtained?

Existing Fire Alarm and Sprinkler Systems (section 13.F)


Are existing fire alarm systems or sprinkler systems present in the construction area? Yes No
If yes, identify the following:
What systems are present in the work area?

How will the existing systems be employed as part of the


project’s fire prevention and protection plan?

Will fire alarm or sprinkler systems be impaired, serviced,


repaired, or otherwise altered for their full operating state Yes No
during construction?
If yes to above outline the procedure for system
impairment including the use of the utility disruption
permit (appendix E):

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Page 1 of 3


Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
HARVARD UNIVERSITY

APPENDIX K – EXAMPLE FIRE PREVENTION AND PROTECTION PLAN WORKSHEET

Portable Fire Extinguishers (section 13.G.3)


Identify procedures for placement, selection, and maintenance of portable fire extinguishers on the project:

Identify location of portable fire extinguishers on site map/floor plan.


Temporary Construction Use Standpipes (section 13.G.4)
Will temporary (construction use) standpipes be installed as part of the project? Yes No
If yes, identify the following:

Locations of temporary standpipes


Signage present at standpipe locations
Type of fire department connection
Protection from damage and freezing
Temporary Construction Use Fire Alarm System (section 13.G.5)
Will temporary (construction use) fire alarm systems be required and installed on the project? ______ Yes No
If yes, identify the following:
Type of system to be installed
How will the system be continuously monitored?
(connection to city fire alarm system or monitoring by an
alarm company)
Procedure for temporary impairment of system

Flammable and Combustible Liquids (section 13.H)


Will compressed gases be used on the project? Yes No
If yes, identify the following:

Types of flammable and combustible liquids to be used

Location of flammable/combustible liquid storage area


(identify on site plan)
Fire extinguishers, signage, barricades, and other
equipment present at storage area
Fire department permit required and obtained?
If storage tanks or drums are used on site for dispensing
flammable and combustible liquids identify grounding
and bonding method(s):

Hot Work Operations (section 13.I)


Will hot work operations be performed on site? Yes No
If yes, identify the following:
Type of hot work operations to be performed (welding,
cutting, soldering, brazing, metal stud cutting, etc.)

Hot work permit procedures (implementation of hot


work permit program, use of compressed gases, use of
flashback arrestors, fire watch requirements, work area
inspections, personal protective equipment, arc flash
exposure protection, etc.)

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Page 2 of 3


Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
HARVARD UNIVERSITY

APPENDIX K – EXAMPLE FIRE PREVENTION AND PROTECTION PLAN WORKSHEET

Temporary Heating (section 13.J)


Will temporary heating be used on the project? Yes No
If yes, identify the following:

Operations requiring the use of temporary heat

Temporary heating systems to be used

Procedures for managing temporary heating on the


project including:
1. Fire department permitting requirements
2. Labeling describing start-up procedures, emergency
shut-down procedures, and minimum clearance distances
3. Safety devices eliminating the flow of gas upon
extinguishment of the flame for fuel or gas-fired temp
heating devices
4. Piping requirements for natural gas-fired heaters
5. Air monitoring requirements
6. Confirmation of the use of flame retardant materials
for construction of temporary enclosures for heating

Temporary Enclosures (section 13.K)


Will temporary enclosures be used on the project? Yes No
If yes, identify the following:

Type of temporary enclosures (other than mobile office


trailers)
Procedures for the use of temporary enclosures
including:
1. Location and identification of exits
2. Use of portable heating devices within enclosures
3. Fire fighting equipment and location of same within
enclosures
4. Confirmation of the use of flame retardant materials
making up the enclosures
5. Location of trash and debris receptacles for temporary
enclosures

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Page 3 of 3


Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
HARVARD UNIVERSITY

APPENDIX L – EXAMPLE PROJECT HOT WORK PERMIT


Directions:
1. Hot Work is defined as any activity that produces a spark, flame, or significant heat.
2. Foreman for hot work operation shall complete this form prior to commencement of the hot work.
3. Permit shall be attached to the Pre-Task Plan.
4. Permit is valid for one shift only.

IN CASE OF FIRE OR OTHER EMERGENCY CALL LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT AT 911

Date: Name of Firewatch:


Contractor Name: Fire Department Hot Work Permit #:
Location of Hot Work:

Description of Hot Work:

Foreman Name: Foreman Phone Number:

YES? NO?
1. All building Fire Protection Systems in Service? (sprinkler, alarm)
2. Twenty (20) # Fire Extinguisher Present?
3. Firewatch present at each location where sparks/slag are present?
4. Firewatch informed that he/she must remain present for at least ½ hour
after completion of hot work?
5. Hot Work Area cleared of flammable/combustible materials within 35'?
6. Flash arrestors present on oxygen/acetylene bottles (at gauge and torch ends)?
7. Hot work equipment in good working order?
8. Adequate Ventilation in place?
9. Respiratory Protection in Place?
10. Pre-Task Plan Completed, signed by Project Safety Manager & Reviewed w/crew?
11. Paint removed from surface to be impacted?

IN CASE OF FIRE OR OTHER EMERGENCY CALL LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT AT 911

Special Conditions and/or Requirements for Use: (Brief Explanation)


_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________

Approval Signatures:
Project Safety Manager: ___________________________________________________________________________
(Print Name) (Signature) (Date)

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Page 1 of 1


Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
HARVARD UNIVERSITY

APPENDIX M – EXAMPLE EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT PLAN WORKSHEET


Directions: This worksheet is intended to guide General Contractors through development of a site-specific emergency
management plan meeting the minimum requirements of section 15 of the EH&S Standard. It does not replace the
requirement for submittal of a project emergency management plan.

Project: General Contractor:


Project Address:
Project First Aid/CPR Policy:
General Contractor or Subcontractor employees required to administer First Aid or CPR? Y N

If Yes, identify trained employees.


1. ___________________________ 2. ________________________ 3. ______________________

If No, identify outside service providing first aid or CPR. ________________________________________________

Location of first aid kits:

Location of eye wash stations:


Location of spill containment equipment:
Emergency Management Plan addressed during employee orientation? Y N
Identify potential emergencies and communications protocol for each. A flowchart can be created based on
communications protocol. (see section 16.C.4 of EH&S Standard)
Personnel Injury Public or Students Property Damage Building Collapse
1. 1. 1. 1.
2. 2. 2. 2.
3. 3. 3. 3.
4. 4. 4. 4.
5. 5. 5. 5.
6. 6. 6. 6.
7. 7. 7. 7.
8. 8. 8. 8.
Fire and Explosion Utility Failures Equipment Failure Workplace Violence
1. 1. 1. 1.
2. 2. 2. 2.
3. 3. 3. 3.
4. 4. 4. 4.
5. 5. 5. 5.
6. 6. 6. 6.
7. 7. 7. 7.
8. 8. 8. 8.
Severe Weather Environmental Releases Events Involving Media Bomb Threats
1. 1. 1. 1.
2. 2. 2. 2.
3. 3. 3. 3.
4. 4. 4. 4.
5. 5. 5. 5.
6. 6. 6. 6.
7. 7. 7. 7.
8. 8. 8. 8.
Important Phone Numbers
HUPM Emergency Coordinator Action Team Member Action Team Member
Name: Name: Name: Name:
Phone: Phone: Phone: Phone:
Action Team Member
Name: HU Operations Center HUPD HU Mitigation Manager
Phone: 617.495.5560 617.495.1212 617.496.0857

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Page 1 of 2


Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
HARVARD UNIVERSITY

APPENDIX M – EXAMPLE EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT PLAN WORKSHEET

Evacuation Procedures
Method of signaling evacuation: ___________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Muster points: 1. ____________________________________ 2. _________________________________________
Procedure for performing head count at muster points: __________________________________________________
Evacuation routes and muster points identified and communicated during orientation? Y N
Re-entry procedure: ____________________________________________________________________________
Identify basic roles and responsibilities of project action team members (replace titles with names):
1. Emergency Coordinator (identify with *): __________________________________________________________
2. Action Team Member 1: _______________________________________________________________________
3. Action Team Member 2: _______________________________________________________________________
4. Action Team Member 3: _______________________________________________________________________
5. Action Team Member 4: _______________________________________________________________________

Identify parties responsible for following items and briefly describe actions to be taken after initial response:
Action Person Responsible Description of Action
Securing of accident scene or
damaged area(s)
Documentation of the scene

Identification and recording of


contributing factors
Reports from outside entities
obtained
Witnesses interviewed and
statements obtained in writing
Photographs of the scene taken

Worker’s compensation injury


reports completed/filed
Notifications made to Mass
DOI and OSHA
GL and property damage
reports completed/filed
Incident investigation formally
closed out with all parties
Identify means for controlling the site during emergency response including emergency response access/escort:

First hour response procedures up through turnover to emergency response team and/or incident commander:

Identify when external entities (OSHA, Insurance Companies, etc.) will be contacted and by whom:

Project emergency contacts provided to: (check all parties provided with emergency contacts)
HUPM Mitigation Manager HU Operations Center
HUPD HU EH&S Program Safety Director (if OCIP)

Identify incidents requiring post-incident review meeting (seven-step):


1. Incident involving medical attention 2. Public interruption or injury 3. Property Damage >$1,000
4. Media Event 5. Other ________________________ 6. Other ________________________

Prepared by: ____________________________________

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Page 2 of 2


Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
HARVARD UNIVERSITY

APPENDIX N – EXAMPLE SUPERVISOR ACCIDENT/INCIDENT INVESTIGATION REPORT


Date of Incident: Time: AM or PM Day of Week
Date of Report: Weather:
PROJECT DATA

Project Manager:
Superintendent/ Foreman: Project Name:
Exact Location of Incident: Drug Screen (s) Administered: Y or N
If Yes, List Employees:
Street Address: __________________________________________

City/State: ______________________________________________
See Page 5 for Witness
Area: Are There Any Witnesses? Y or N Instructions
Type of Incident: (circle) WC GL Auto Equip Theft/Vandalism Property Utility

Incident Designation: (circle) First Aid Only Non-Recordable (Medical Treatment) Restricted Work Recordable (Medical Treatment) (Lost Time)

Injured Employee Name:

Street: Date of Birth:


Employee Home
Address: City/State/Zip: Phone:

Occupation/Job Title: Years Experience: _______ Date of Hire:

Time Employee Started Work: AM or PM


If Yes, by Whom & What Given:
Onsite First Aid Given: Y or N
PERSONAL INJURY – WC

If Yes, Treating Facility: (Name, City, State)


Offsite Medical Treatment: Y or N
List PPE worn at the time of incident:
Date Treatment Given:

Shade the Specific Body Part (s) Injured: INCIDENT TRACKING


(See Page 6 for codes)

Body Part:
Injury:
Detailed Description of Injury:

**For PA claims only: The employee and


supervisor must sign the attached Medical
Treatment Rights form.

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Page 1 of 6


Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
HARVARD UNIVERSITY

APPENDIX N – EXAMPLE SUPERVISOR ACCIDENT/INCIDENT INVESTIGATION REPORT


Property Owner Name:

Street:
Property
Owner City/State:
Address:
GENERAL LIABILITY

Detailed Description of Damages: (draw diagram – next page)

Estimated Damage: $ Pictures Taken: Y or N

If Utility Strike Please Indicate the Following:

Marked Mismarked Unmarked


Electrical Line ___Phone Line___Gas Line___

Water Line___Cable Line___Other__________ Was DigSafe Call Made?: Y or N By Whom: _______________

Date Called In:_______________ Ticket # ________________

Operator Name: Equipment / Vehicle Number:

Rental: Y or N Rented From:

Rental Company Phone: Estimated Damage ($):

Did Operator obey all applicable safety rules?


Y or N - If NO, list exceptions:

Did Authorities Respond (fire, police, Responding Authority:


ambulance, etc)? Y or N
EQUIPMENT

Contact Person Name:

Phone Number: :
Was there Property Damage: Y or N Report / Incident Number:
If yes, please specify:

For Vehicle Damage, Describe/Draw the Specific areas damaged:

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Page 2 of 6


Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
HARVARD UNIVERSITY

APPENDIX N – EXAMPLE SUPERVISOR ACCIDENT/INCIDENT INVESTIGATION REPORT


TO BE COMPLETED FOR ALL INCIDENTS
Describe in detail the circumstances of the incident. Give a chronological sequence of events. If materials, equipment and/or
vehicles were involved, start before they were brought to the incident scene and describe the who, what, where, when, and how
DESCRIPTION OF INCIDENT

the incident happened in your words below (specifically detail who, what, where, when, how, and why you believe the incident
happened):

TO BE COMPLETED FOR ALL INCIDENTS


(Show position and any relative distances of employee(s), vehicle(s), equipment, pedestrians, property, etc.,
and indicate an arrow of direction for each if travel or moving equipment was involved):
DIAGRAM OF INCIDENT

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Page 3 of 6


Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
HARVARD UNIVERSITY

APPENDIX N – EXAMPLE SUPERVISOR ACCIDENT/INCIDENT INVESTIGATION REPORT


Was there any type of planning (ex: Pre-con, daily huddle, toolbox talk, etc) that discussed the potential for this incident, and the safe
work procedures to be followed to prevent it? YES or NO Please attach a copy of document to support your findings.
LEARNED
LESSONS

What was the Root Cause(s) of the Incident?

Contributing Factor(s) to the Incident: (weather, lighting, traffic control plan, communication of hazards, etc.)

Corrective Actions(s) Estimated Actual


Confirmed
Taken or Planned By Whom Completion Completion
Initials
What was/will be done? Date Date

Incident discussed with employee to


CORRECTIVE ACTIONS

prevent recurrence?
Yes___ No___
Any disciplinary action taken? Yes___ No___
If yes, describe what type:
Possible actions to be taken to prevent similar incidents (circle action)
A. Repair/replace or F. Ergonomic K. Retraining of employees
modify equip. enhancement involved
B. Improve job site G. Establish a Safe Work
Procedure
L. Preventive maintenance
housekeeping
C. Update inspection H. Improve
M. Improve enforcement
procedure environmental conditions
D. Eliminate/reduce I. Require/change PPE N. Modify procedure &
congestion retrain
E. Change design J. Install safety O. Reassign employee to
guard/device another job
Follow Up Communication

Yes___ No___ Injury site reviewed by supervisor/safety representative with employee

Yes___ No___ Supervisor reviewed incident with employees

Yes___ No___ Lessons learned posted in safety review. If yes, what?

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Page 4 of 6


Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
HARVARD UNIVERSITY

APPENDIX N – EXAMPLE SUPERVISOR ACCIDENT/INCIDENT INVESTIGATION REPORT


EMPLOYEE / WITNESS STATEMENT FORM
TO BE COMPLETED FOR WORKERS’ COMPENSATION INCIDENTS ONLY

Witness Name: Work Ph:_____________________ Home Ph:_____________________


(Please Print)
Cell Ph:_______________________

Witness Address:

Date and Time of incident: am / pm List other Witnesses:


Supervisor Notified on Date and Time: am / pm

This is what happened (include who, what, where, when, how and why):

Do you recall anything unusual or unexpected that happened? Yes or No If Yes Explain:

Are there work conditions that contributed to this injury? Yes or No If Yes Explain

How would you prevent this incident from happening in the future?

PLEASE USE AND ATTACH Witness Signature: Date:


ADDITIONAL PAGES IF NECESSARY

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Page 5 of 6


Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
HARVARD UNIVERSITY

APPENDIX N – EXAMPLE SUPERVISOR ACCIDENT/INCIDENT INVESTIGATION REPORT


PARTICIPANTS OF THE INCIDENT ANALYSIS MANAGEMENT REVIEW
Name/Title or Trade Date Name Date

Foreman:

Superintendent:

General Superintendent:

Safety Manager:

Employee Signature: (print) Project Manager:

Employee Signature: Other:

DISTRIBUTE SUPERVISOR’S ACCIDENT/INCIDENT INVESTIGATION REPORT TO THE FOLLOWING:


Construction Manager, Project Safety Manager, Owner’s Project Manager, and EH&S.
ACCIDENT TYPES
1 Falls On Same Level: Slips, trips, or falls on foot level surfaces such as the ground, floors, stairs, work platforms, or rebar. Includes slips on mud,
liquids, ice and other slippery surfaces and trips over obstacles such as tools, cords, rocky or uneven surfaces.
2 Falls From Elevations: Falls to a lower level from elevated surfaces. Includes falls from structural steel, scaffolds, work platforms, form work,
equipment, etc.
3 Falls From Ladders: Falls from portable or fixed ladders including stepladders.
4 Falls into Opening: Falls into floor holes, openings in the ground (i.e., caisson holes, unguarded ditch/excavation, etc.)
5 Material Handling – Manual: Injuries from manually moving tools, equipment, or material. This includes over exertion due to lifting or carrying
material manually and usually results in sprains/strains of the back and other body parts.
6 Caught In/Under/Between: Injuries caused by power tools or eqiupment and resulting in crushing or pinching of fingers and/or other body parts.
7 Struck By/Against Object: Injuries caused by employees being struck by flying or moving objects, or injuries caused by empolyees bumping
into/against stationary objects.
8 Struck By Flying Object-Eye: Eye injuries only caused by grinding, chipping or other operations. Includes windblown dust and foreign bodies
entering the eye.
9 Occupational Illness – includes the following:
a. Skin diseases/disorders – poision ivy, heat rash, contact dermatitis, etc.
b. Dust disease of lungs – silicosis, asbestosis, etc.
c. Poisoning due to toxic materials – lead or other metal poisoning and poisoning by carbon monoxide or other gases
d. Illness due to physical agents – sunstorke, heat exhaustion, frostbite, or other illnesses caused by temperature extremes or environmental
conditions
e. Disorders caused by repeated trauma – carpal tunnel syndrome, noise-induced hearing loss.
10 Electrical Contact: Injuries resulting in electrical shock caused by flow of electric current through the body. Includes shock from power tools,
electrical cords, and contact with overhead power lines.
11 Burns: Injuries resulting in thermal (heat) or chemical burns. Includes burns caused by welding/cutting operations, or use of chemicals.
12 Miscellaneous: Avoid using this category. Only mark this category if the injury or illness doesn’t fit into another general accident type
CAUSE CODES: PART OF BODY:
1. Improper handing of material 10. Defective equipment/tools 1. Ankle 9. Groin
2. Improper lifting 11. Improper/defective walk area 2. Arm 10. Hand/Finger
3. Improper use of tools/equipment 12. Slippery/rough surface 3. Back 11. Head
4. Making safety devices inoperative 13. Poor housekeeping 4. Chest 12. Knee
5. Failure to use PPE 14. Improperly piled material 5. Elbow 13. Leg
6. Taking unsafe position 15. Windblown dust 6. Eye 14. Neck
7. Clean, adjust, etc. of moving equipment 16. Congested area 7. Face 15. Shoulder
8. Horseplay, distracting, fighting 17. Poor working conditions 8. Foot/Toe 16. Wrist

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Page 6 of 6


Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
HARVARD UNIVERSITY

APPENDIX O – EXAMPLE POST INCIDENT REVIEW FORM

Required Attendees Name Affiliation Phone Number


Project Manager
Superintendent
Assistant./Area Supt.
Project Safety Manager
GC Safety Director
Prime Tier Principal (if. App.)
Prime Tier Safety Rep. (if App.)
Subcontractor Principal
Subcontractor Foreman
Subcontractor Safety Rep.
Injured Person
Other:
Other:
Other:
Other:

MEETING AGENDA
1. Re-emphasize the commitment to an injury free environment/zero accident philosophy.

2. Restate the purpose of the meeting (identify causal and contributing factors, prevent re-occurrence, disseminate information to
all contractors).
3. Chronology of Events:

4. Identify Contributing Factors:

Identify Root Cause:


5. Improvement Plan (Prevention of Recurrence)
A.
B.
C.
D.
- Person(s) and completion deadlines assigned?
- Follow-up meeting Required?
6. Communication to Prevent Re-occurrence

7. Discipline Matrix Applied? (off-line discussion)

Notes: ___________________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________________

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Page 1 of 1


Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
HARVARD UNIVERSITY

APPENDIX P – NONCOMPLIANCE CORRECTIVE ACTION PLAN


Use this form to document observations and corrective actions where noncompliance with the Construction EH&S
Standard is observed.

Date: Project Name:

Contractor Name: Initiator’s Name:

DESCRIPTION OF OBSERVATION (Include location, names, specific infraction, etc.):

HAZARD SEVERITY (check one):


High Hazard Life-Threatening Hazard Other (explain)

Observations where the outcome Observations where the outcome


would likely result in serious injury would likely result death or
requiring medical attention. debilitating injury.

IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE OF THE INFRACTION:


Process: 1. Identify all factors that contributed to the observation. 2. Identify the one (possibly two) factor that, if
removed or corrected, would minimize the recurrence of this observation on any of this company’s projects. This factor
would likely be an ‘upstream’ condition (management system failure, missing procedure, lack of enforcement, etc.

IDENTIFY THE CORRECTIVE AND/OR PREVENTATIVE ACTIONS:

Was a new procedure initiated by this observation, or a current procedure revised? □ No □ Yes (Explain)
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
__________________________ ___________________________ ___________________________ ___________________________
CM/GC Project Manager Name Signature Subcontractor Executive or Owner Signature
Name

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Page 1 of 1


Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
HARVARD UNIVERSITY

APPENDIX Q – EXAMPLE SCAFFOLD INSPECTION FORM

Any and all scaffold systems shall be built under supervision of and inspected DAILY by a Competent Person1 prior to each work shift.
If any hazardous conditions are identified, the scaffold shall be immediately tagged out of service until corrections made and hazards eliminated.
Below is a set of guidelines to assist during inspections.

[] Scaffold and outriggers constructed on firm, stable base with mud sills in place?
• Secure to mud sills with minimum of 2 qty. nails
• Walkways free of trip hazards
• Must have base using screw jacks and sole plate. Never construct with open pipe directly on concrete, wood support, asphalt paving or soil.
[] Work Platform / Planking
• Shall be scaffold grade material (2” nominal) • Planked fully across (max. distance from platform to
• Minimum platform = 2 x 10 – nominal; 2 x 9 – rough structure = 16”; bricklayers/masons max. distance = 7”
• Maximum 1” between adjacent planks • Planks in continuous run shall be overlapped (min. 12”) or
• Wood planks shall extend over supports > 6” and < 12” secured
(unless cleated or restrained) • Aluminum/Wood platforms with positive locking devices (Alt.)
[] Scaffold Loading (not to be loaded overnight)
Working Load (lbs/SF) Permissible Span (Feet)
25..................................................................................................10
50....................................................................................................8
75....................................................................................................7
[] Ladder access shall conform to Article 25 of Cal OSHA Title 8 Construction Safety Orders.
• Shall have properly secured ladder access at all levels
[] At elevation of 6 feet or greater above grade, positive fall protection (guardrails, end rails, PFAS, safety net) shall be in place.
• Top rail at 42” – 45”; mid-rail at mid-range (approx. 21”)
• Intersection of a cross brace shall not take place of a top rail or mid-rail (Harvard Requirement; exceeds OSHA)
• Toe boards/canopies shall be in place where means of access/egress is provided (consider window openings, not just doors) and/or to
protect workers below
• Consider top and mid-rails at inside of scaffold (facing structure) where there are openings exposing to 6 foot fall or greater
(eliminating falls into the building)
[] Scaffold Heights
• 6 feet or greater, see above.
• 26 feet or greater scaffold system shall be secured to the structure with physical connection (guys, ties, and braces)
• 125 feet + system shall be approved by a professional engineer
• 4:1 (height to base ratio) requires system be secured to structure or outriggers shall be in place
• Mast-climbing scaffold designed by a professional engineer
[] Are scaffold erectors utilizing fall protection during erecting and dismantling procedures?
[] Visible defects in scaffold components?
• Cracks in lumber planking • Defects in retaining clips
• Missing ladder hatch pins • Bracing, guardrails bent
• All diagonal braces in place (look for symmetry)
[] Competent Erector shall green tag scaffolding ready for access. Hazardous conditions shall be taken out of service.
• Tagging system in place (Green tag = safe for access; Red tag = no access; Yellow tag = fall protection required)
[] Rolling Scaffold
• Casters locked during use; casters to be inspected prior to use. • 3:1 (height to base ratio) outriggers shall be in place if exceeded
• 50% of casters (wheels) shall swivel • Shall be fully planked with guardrails, end rails and toeboards
• Tubular welded require horizontal/diagonal brace in place at all heights

1Competent Person – One who is capable identifying existing and predictable hazards in the surroundings or working conditions which are unsanitary,
hazardous or dangerous to employees, and who has the authorization to make prompt corrective measures to eliminate them.
Signature:
Erector Competent Person: _____________________________________________________________________________________
(Print Name) (Signature) (Date)
Project Safety Manager: ________________________________________________________________________________________
(Print Name) (Signature) (Date)

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Page 1 of 1


Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
HARVARD UNIVERSITY

APPENDIX R – EXAMPLE PRE-TASK PLAN WORKSHEET


A Pre- Task Plan is required for every activity at Harvard
Contractor Name: ________________________ Start Date: _____/_____/_____ Finish Date: _____/_____/_____
Work Plan Author: _______________________ Phone No. __________________ DirectConnect #: _____________
Project Supt. ____________________________ Phone No. __________________ DirectConnect #: _____________
Safety Rep. Name: ________________________ Phone No. __________________ DirectConnect #: _____________
Location of Work: ______________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
ANSWER THE FOLLOWING QUESTIONS. ADDRESS ‘YES’ ANSWERS IN THE WORK PLAN
YES NO N/A
Will task require working on or around live systems or equipment?
Does the task require any emergency equipment to be available or on standby?
Fire Extinguishers, Eye Wash Stations/ Showers, Phones? Circle Each Needed
Has the work been coordinated with other crafts in the area?
Are the shop drawings, panel schedules, or as-builts needed to complete this task?
Does this task require special permits/procedures?
Are additional personnel needed to complete this task safely?
Does this task require special training (40-Hour HAZWOPER, etc)?
Do you need to review an MSDS to proceed with this task?
Will weather or other working conditions affect the safe completion of this task?
Will you need additional materials, tools or equipment to perform the task safely
Will workers need PPE training to complete task? Will this task generate hazardous waste or material?
Will this task impact any pollution prevention systems? (Wastewater, Stormwater system)
Will the task introduce live chemical into the system?
Will the task produce significant amounts of dust/fumes/noise/vibration/odors? Circle Each
Will the work be conducted above six (6) feet?
Will the task cause any interruptions to Harvard Properties?
Will any work use clean steam or hot water?
Will lifting equipment be used? ( Lulls, Cranes, Backhoes, etc.)
Will mobile elevated work platforms (MEWPs) be used?
Will the task create hazards to people working below?
Will the task affect perimeter security, or security equipment?
Will the task require the addition or deletion of security equipment?
Has Lock Out/Tag Out (LO/TO) of all Hazardous Energy been preformed?
Are any of the following permits or forms required? (Mark all that apply. Permits must be attached to PTP)
[ ] Hot Work Permit [ ] Confined Space Entry [ ] Excavation Permit [ ] Lock Out/Tag Out
[ ] Fuel Storage Permit [ ] Road Closure Permit [ ] Critical Lift Plan [ ] Sidewalk Closure
Which of the following Personal Protective Equipment will be required during this task (Mark all that apply)
[ ] Safety Glasses [ ] Hard Hat [ ] Leather Gloves [ ] Kevlar Gloves
[ ] Safety Goggles [ ] Hearing Protection [ ] Chemical Gloves [ ] Rain Gear
[ ] Face Shield [ ] Steel Toed Boots [ ] Electrical Gloves [ ] Tyvek Suit
[ ] Cutting Goggles [ ] Meta Tarsal Protect. [ ] Fingerless Gloves [ ] Poly-Coated Tyvek
[ ] Welding Shield [ ] Welding Screen [ ] Welding Gloves [ ] Chaps
[ ] 1/2 Face Respirator [ ] Full Face Resp. [ ] Tripod/Winch [ ] Reflective Vest
Pre-Task Plans must be submitted to Contractor Safety Officer 24-hours in advance of the Start of the Task.
Approval Signatures:
Work Plan Author: _____________________________________________________________________________
(Print Name) (Signature) (Date)
Area Superintendent: ____________________________________________________________________________
(Print Name) (Signature) (Date)
Project Safety Manager: __________________________________________________________________________
(Print Name) (Signature) (Date)

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Page 1 of 2


Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
HARVARD UNIVERSITY

APPENDIX R – EXAMPLE PRE-TASK PLAN WORKSHEET


WORK PLAN
A Pre- Task Plan is required for every activity at Harvard
STEPS REQUIRED TO ASSOCIATED ACTIONS TO ELIMINATE OR RESPONSIBLE
# COMPLETE TASK HAZARDS CONTROL THE HAZARDS PERSON

Signature (Supervisor): Date:


_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Signatures (Crew): Date:
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Page 2 of 2


Revision 1 – January 1, 2010
HARVARD UNIVERSITY

APPENDIX S – EXAMPLE VISITOR FORM


Harvard University is pleased to welcome you to this project. Because of the hazards and risks associated with any construction site, we require every visitor to the site to be alert for
his/her own safety and to sign a written Waiver and Release absolving Harvard University and others associated with this project of any and all responsibility in connection with all
risks encountered at the site. While on the construction premises, please be on guard constantly and follow good safety practices, including but not limited to, the following:

1. Hard-hats and safety glasses must be worn by all visitors at all times.
2. Although work boots may not be required, all visitors shall wear low-heeled leather shoes—No high heels of any kind or
open-toed sandals.
3. All Visitors are to be escorted at all times while on the site.
4. Be alert for changing conditions and ongoing construction activities while walking on the site.
5. Be aware of uneven walking surfaces and extreme care shall be taken with each step.
6. No firearms, drugs or alcoholic beverages are permitted on site.
7. All warning signs and barricades must be obeyed.
8. Do not stray from the approved path for ingress and egress.
9. Do not enter areas with inadequate lighting.
10. Be aware of and stay clear of any overhead hazards.
11. Smoking is only permitted in designated areas.
12. Do not touch construction materials of any kind without written authorization from the Construction Manager.
13. Do not lean on or reach beyond any handrails or barricades.
14. Report any hazards to the Construction Manager prior to leaving the site.
15. No written correspondence regarding any hazards observed on the site shall be written or forwarded after leaving the site
unless previously agreed upon at the site.

WAIVER AND RELEASE

Name: _______________________________________________________________________________________
Company: ____________________________________________________________________________________
Purpose of Visit: _______________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Date:_________________________________________________________________________________________

In consideration of granting the undersigned permission to enter upon the premises at the Project and for other good and
valuable consideration, I hereby waive and forever discharge Harvard University, its officers, trustees, students, and
employees, as well as Harvard University’s representatives, Construction Manager, and all subcontractors on the Project
(the “Released Parties”) from and against any claim for damages that may arise due to injury to my person or property
while on the project whether caused in whole or in part by any negligence, actions or inactions of the Released Parties. As
a licensee, I assume the risk of all dangerous conditions on or about the premises and waive notice of the existence of any
such conditions.

I acknowledge the confidential nature of Harvard University construction procedures and process and agree not to
photograph, reproduce or divulge the same without expressed written consent of Harvard University.

I HAVE READ THE ABOVE AND AGREE TO SAME:

Visitor(s): ____________________________________________________________________________________
(Print Name) (Signature)
(Date)
____________________________________________________________________________________
(Print Name) (Signature)
(Date)
____________________________________________________________________________________
(Print Name) (Signature)
(Date)

Copyrighted © President and Fellows of Harvard College Page 1 of 1


Revision 1 – January 1, 2010

You might also like